196
600 mm Connectivity Products Complete Guide to Fiber and Copper Connectivity 2nd edition

100571

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: 100571

600 mm Connectivity Products

Complete Guide to Fiber andCopper Connectivity

2nd edition

Page 2: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Table of Contents

Introduction ................................................................................................................................1

Fiber Distributing FramesNext Generation Frame 600 mm Products

Introduction ....................................................................................................................................2Fiber Main Distributing Frame (FMDF) Frame Section......................................................................3Front Facing Fiber Main Distributing Frame (F3MDF) Frame Section ..............................................4Fiber Slim Rack Frame Section ........................................................................................................5Fiber Termination Blocks (FTB) Unterminated ..................................................................................6Fiber Termination Blocks Cable Clamping Kit ................................................................................7Fiber Termination Blocks (FTB) Preterminated ..............................................................................8-9Fiber Combination Blocks (FCB) ..............................................................................................10-11Splice Trays for Fiber Combination Block ......................................................................................11Sliding Adapter Packs ..................................................................................................................12Value-Added Module System Chassis ..........................................................................................13Fiber Optic Terminal Jumper Storage Bay......................................................................................14Equipment Bay..............................................................................................................................15Accessories

End Guard ..............................................................................................................................16Cable Clamp Kits ....................................................................................................................16Rack Installation Kits................................................................................................................16AC Outlets Kits........................................................................................................................16

OMX™ Optical Distribution FramesIntroduction ............................................................................................................................17-18Frame Section ..............................................................................................................................19Termination Module with Adapters Only ......................................................................................20Termination Module with Pigtails ..................................................................................................21Termination Module with IFC........................................................................................................22Value-Added Module System Chassis ..........................................................................................23Splice Module ..............................................................................................................................24Splice Tray ....................................................................................................................................24Accessories

Jumper Storage Module ..........................................................................................................25Interbay Management Panel....................................................................................................25End Guard ..............................................................................................................................25Outside Plant Cable Clamp......................................................................................................26Rack Installation Kits................................................................................................................26

Splice Bay......................................................................................................................................27

Fiber PanelsFL1000 Fiber Termination Products

Two-Door Wall Mount Boxes ..................................................................................................28-29Two-Door Wall Mount Boxes with MTRJ Connectors....................................................................30One-Door Wall Mount Boxes ..................................................................................................31-326pak Adapter Packs ......................................................................................................................33

FL2000 SystemIntroduction ..................................................................................................................................34Preconfigured Termination Panels with Multifiber Cable..........................................................35-36Preconfigured Termination Panels with Pigtails ............................................................................37Preconfigured Termination/Splice Panels with Pigtails....................................................................38Termination Panels with MTRJ Connectors....................................................................................39Empty Termination Panels ............................................................................................................40Empty Splice Panels ......................................................................................................................41Empty Termination/Splice Panels ..................................................................................................42

Page 3: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Table of Contents

FL2000 Slack Storage Solutions Fiber Storage Disk....................................................................................................................43Fiber Storage Tray ....................................................................................................................43Storage Deck Panel..................................................................................................................44Horizontal Interbay Management Panel ..................................................................................44

FL2000 6pak Adapter PacksAdapters Only..........................................................................................................................45Adapters and Pigtail ................................................................................................................46

AccessoriesLocks ......................................................................................................................................47End Guards..............................................................................................................................47Lower Cable Trough ................................................................................................................47Bonding/Grounding Kit............................................................................................................47Cable Clamp Kits ....................................................................................................................47Blank Vertical Cable Guides (VCGs) ........................................................................................47Interbay Management Panel for 19- or 23-Inch Racks ............................................................48Interbay Management Panel and Inner IMP for 600 mm and 800 mm cabinets and racks ....48

FL2000 Mounting Options19" (48.26 cm) Rack Mounting

Standard Mount (as shipped) ..............................................................................................49Flush Mount........................................................................................................................49

19"Maximum Mounting ........................................................................................................5019" ETSI Mounting..................................................................................................................51600 mm Mounting..................................................................................................................51

FL2000 VAM System Chassis ........................................................................................................52

Value-Added Module System Chassis used in Non-ADC Optical Distribution Frame4-Inch Chassis – 6 Single Plug-In Modules ........................................................................................533.5-Inch Chassis – 4 Single Plug-In Modules ......................................................................................531.75-Inch Chassis – 2 Single Plug-In Modules ....................................................................................53

Value-Added Module System Splitter Modules ................................................................................................................................55Wavelength Division Multiplexer Modules..........................................................................................56Monitor Modules ..............................................................................................................................57Configuration Illustrations ..................................................................................................................58Bulkhead Plates and Blanks................................................................................................................59Terminators ........................................................................................................................................59Specifications ................................................................................................................................60-62

Fiber Management TrayIntroduction ......................................................................................................................................631 Rack Unit

Termination Only ..........................................................................................................................64Termination and Splice..................................................................................................................65Termination and Storage ..............................................................................................................66Bulk Storage Drawer ....................................................................................................................67Discrete Storage Drawer ..............................................................................................................67Splicing Only ................................................................................................................................68Termination and Splice Fixed Bulkhead ........................................................................................69Termination and Storage Fixed Bulkhead ......................................................................................70Accessories ..................................................................................................................................71

Sliding Adapter PacksWall Mount Kit

Page 4: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Table of Contents

Cable Clamp KitsVertical Cable Guides

Specifications ................................................................................................................................722 Rack Unit

Termination with Adapters Only ..................................................................................................73Termination with IFC or Multifiber Cable ......................................................................................74Termination and Splice..................................................................................................................75Accessories ..................................................................................................................................76

Sliding Adapter PacksCable Clamp KitsVertical Cable Guides

Micro Value-Added Module SystemChassis ....................................................................................................................................77Monitor Modules ....................................................................................................................78

Fiber Optic Cable AssembliesPatch Cords

Singlemode ..................................................................................................................................79Multimode ....................................................................................................................................79

Multifiber Patch CordsSinglemode ..................................................................................................................................80Multimode ....................................................................................................................................80

TracerLight™ Connector Identification System Simplex ........................................................................................................................................81Duplex ..........................................................................................................................................82

Fiber Optic Cable Assemblies (Intrafacility Cable) ..........................................................................83-84Specifications ................................................................................................................................85-86

Fiber Cable Raceway SystemsStandard ......................................................................................................................................87-96Plenum........................................................................................................................................97-102

Power Distribution ProductsSelect Series™ Fuse Platform ............................................................................................................103Uninterrupted GMT Series................................................................................................................104Traditional GMT Series ....................................................................................................................105Advantage Series™ Platform ............................................................................................................106

Accessories ................................................................................................................................107Carling BreakersTPC Fuses/Fuse HolderCompression LugsCircuit Breaker FingerguardsCircuit Breaker/TPC Fuse Designation CardsTPC Fuse Hider Adapter

PowerWorx® AccessoriesGMT Fuse Puller..........................................................................................................................108Designation Card Holder and Cards............................................................................................108GMT Designation Pin Holder ......................................................................................................108Fuses ........................................................................................................................................109GMT Fuses/Fuse Designation Pins – Alarm Indicator ..................................................................110Compression Lugs ......................................................................................................................110Cable Management Bars ............................................................................................................110

Page 5: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Table of Contents

DSX Modular Rear Cross-ConnectRZX-3 Modules ........................................................................................................................111-112RZX-3 Chassis ..................................................................................................................................113Preterminated Option ......................................................................................................................113Skeleton Bay ....................................................................................................................................114RZX-3 End Guard ............................................................................................................................114

Digital Distribution Frame SystemModules ........................................................................................................................................116Standard Configuration....................................................................................................................117

Unloaded ChassisSkeleton Bay

Wall Mount Box ..............................................................................................................................118

DSX-3 Patch Cords ........................................................................................................................119Patch Cords with RG59 Type CableFactory-Terminated Rear Cross-Connect JumpersFactory-Terminated Patch Cords

DSX-3 AccessoriesCoaxial Connectors ..........................................................................................................................120Tracer Pins ........................................................................................................................................120Tool Kit ............................................................................................................................................121Coaxial Tools ....................................................................................................................................121

2 Mbps DSX Front Cross-Connect SolutionsIntroduction ..............................................................................................................................122-123Selection Guide ................................................................................................................................124

Skeleton Bay for FlexDSX™ , PxPlus™ and DSX 64 Panels ............................................................125FlexDSX™ Platform ......................................................................................................................126

Four-Port (Dual Monitor) Jack Access ....................................................................................127Modules and Cards ..............................................................................................................128All-Front-Access Panels ........................................................................................................129

PxPlus™ Panels ............................................................................................................................130Empty ChassisJack Card

DSX 64-Termination – Three-Port Fixed Panel ............................................................................131Bay Hardware and Accessories

End Guard ..................................................................................................................................132Frame Doors ..............................................................................................................................132End Guard for Use with Door Enclosure Kit ................................................................................132Filler Panel Kits............................................................................................................................132Rack Installation Kit ....................................................................................................................133AC Outlet Kit ..............................................................................................................................133Cross Aisle Panels ......................................................................................................................133Alarm Panels ..............................................................................................................................133

2 Mbps DSX Super High Density SolutionsDSX600™ Bay ............................................................................................................................134-137FlexDSX™ Super High Density Bay..............................................................................................138-140Accessories

Bantam Patch Cords ..................................................................................................................141Tools and Tool Kits ......................................................................................................................142Cross-Connect Wire....................................................................................................................142

Page 6: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Table of Contents

Impedance Matching Panel ............................................................................................143-145

BroadWire™ ETSI SeriesApplications ....................................................................................................................................147Configurations ................................................................................................................................148Specifications

BroadWire™ 240 ETSI Series ........................................................................................................149BroadWire™ 120 ETSI Series ........................................................................................................150T1.413 Compliant ADSL/POTS Splitter Card ..............................................................................151ETSI ADSL/POTS Splitter Card......................................................................................................1514B3T ADSL/ISDN Splitter Card ....................................................................................................152Combination ADSL/ISDN/POTS Splitter Card ..............................................................................1522B1Q ADSL/ISDN Splitter Card....................................................................................................153

Ordering Information ......................................................................................................................153

BroadWire™ 24 High Density ADSL SplittersApplications ....................................................................................................................................155Specifications

Chassis for Worldwide Deployment ............................................................................................156Chassis for North American Deployment ....................................................................................157T1.413 Compliant ADSL/POTS Splitter Card ..............................................................................1584B3T ADSL/ISDN Splitter Card ....................................................................................................1582B1Q ADSL/ISDN Splitter Card....................................................................................................159Complex Impedance ADSL/POTS Splitter Card............................................................................159

Ordering Information ......................................................................................................................160

Ethernet/Data ConnectivityGlide Cable Manager................................................................................................................161-162T1/E1 Demarcation Modular Patch Panels........................................................................................1636000CHC Patch Panels — Category 6 ............................................................................................1645000E Patch Panels — Category 5e ................................................................................................165RJ45 Coupler Panel — Category 5 ..................................................................................................166Fast Ethernet Patch Panels................................................................................................................1676000 Multimedia Patch Panels ........................................................................................................168

6000 Modular Jacks and Icons....................................................................................................1696000 Media Adapters ................................................................................................................170

6000 High Performance Patch Cords ..............................................................................................17125-Pair Cable Assemblies ................................................................................................................1726000 Faceplates ..............................................................................................................................173ADC IEEE 1394a FireWire® Patch Panel ............................................................................................174

Media ConvertersOptEnet™ Media Converter Platform ........................................................................................175-180Work Area Media Converter ............................................................................................................181

Customer Information and Assistance ..............................................................................182

Index ......................................................................................................................................183

Page 7: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

1w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

600 mm ProductsIntroduction

The reality of today’s marketplace dictates that service provider networks change to remain competitive.New modulation techniques. Faster metro optical fiber rings. Voice, high-speed data and multimediaservices deployed closer than ever to the edge of the network. These changes are largely upgrades andreconfigurations designed to improve reliability, availability, accuracy and breadth of services.

Establishing a solid network foundation rooted in connectivity has already proven successful as networkstransitioned from analog to digital and from copper to fiber, and as service providers joined networkstogether through collocation and consolidation. As service providers approach the convergence of voice,data and video with IP-based services, a foundation of connectivity remains just as essential.

Moving to new and more complex network models with a connectivity foundation in place deliversmultiple, proven benefits:

• Minimize operational costs. The capital allocated to purchase new electronics, software andconnectivity pales in comparison to the multi-year, ongoing cost of labor to manage and maintain the network. With a connectivity foundation, labor costs for everything from initial installation, toprovisioning, to upgrades and reconfigurations, to maintenance is reduced. Minimizing operationalcosts contributes to the bottom line just as strongly as new revenue sources.

• Increase network reliability. More and more, 99.99% availability pertains to more than just voiceservices. With ILECs, MSOs, wireless service providers and others vying for the same customers, qualityof service measures and service level agreements will soon pertain to voice, data and video services.Connectivity delivers reliability by providing termination, test access, and cable management strategiesthat ensure maximum service availability.

• Maximize revenue. The competition is positioning to earn new revenues from broadband services andtake away annuity business from others in the marketplace. A solid connectivity foundation speedsservice provisioning while, at the same time, lowers the cost of provisioning. With faster turn-up ofservices—and associated acceleration of revenue—service providers wield an attractive weapon incompeting for customers.

ADC is the market leader in the deployment of connectivity solutions for copper, fiber and wirelessnetworks around the world. With hundreds of millions of ports in service worldwide, over 600 patents, and connectivity solutions that touch the majority of worldwide voice, video, and data communicationstraffic, ADC has the products, services, and experience to make the inevitable work of network transitionscost effective and profitable for service providers.

ADC — The Connectivity Foundation for Networks in Transition

Page 8: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

2w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2 2

Next Generation Frame 600 mm ProductsIntroduction

Frames

ADC’s Next Generation Frame product line has fiber frames designed to fit a variety of termination, splice,and storage applications. Each frame option is designed with an emphasis on superior cable managementand ease of use, including features such as ample trough space for cable and jumpers, easy access toconnectors, and storage for jumpers. The frame sections are shipped from the factory fully equipped withall cable management hardware including a built-in jumper storage panel.

Fiber Termination Blocks (FTB)

Fiber Termination Blocks (FTBs) are available with SC, FC, ST® and E-2000 adapters in block configurationsof 48, 72 or 96 positions. Also, 144 position FTBs are available using LX.5® and LC adapters. FTBs utilizesliding adapter packs to gain easy access to both the front and rear connectors. There is also a blockconfiguration available to accommodate Mini Value-Added Modules (Mini VAMs) for applications requiringsplitters or WDMs. FTBs can be ordered with or without IFC or outside plant cable.

Fiber Combination Blocks Blocks (FCB)

Fiber Combination Blocks (FCBs) provide termination and on-frame splicing capabilities, all in one block.The block occupies two mounting positions on the frame section. They are available with SC, FC, ST® andE-2000 adapters in block configurations of 48, 72 or 96 positions. Also, 144 position FCBs are availableusing LX.5® or LC adapters.

Features and Benefits

Ample Trough SpaceReduces jumper pile-up and congestion

- Reduces maintenance time due to easy removaland tracing of jumpers

- Minimizes risk of microbends or damage to fiber

Built-in Jumper Storage PanelMinimizes number of required jumper lengthsMaintains fiber bend radiusSimplifies frame installation

- Saves money by reducing the number ofdifferent jumper lengths that have to be kept in inventory

- Minimizes risk of microbends or damage to fiber

Sliding Adapter PacksPromotes high densityProvides easy access to connectors

- Saves valuable floor space- Reduces time required for operations and

maintenance

Intelligent Cable Routing SystemNo fiber cross-over pointsMultiple vertical troughways

- Reduces maintenance time due to easierremoval and tracing of jumpers and minimizesfiber “weaving”

Page 9: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

3w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2 3

Next Generation Frame 600 mm ProductsFiber Main Distributing Frame (FMDF)

The FMDF is the cornerstone of the NGF product line. This innovative frame has six rear horizontal troughs.This abundant trough space minimizes fiber pile up and congestion leading to easier jumper traceability andremoval. The frame has twelve Fiber Termination Block (FTB) mounting positions equally divided betweenvertical columns on the left and right sides of the frame as shown in the figure below. The frame is 600 mmwide x 600 mm deep. The built-in jumper storage panel will store up to 5 meters of jumper slack.

Catalog Number

NGF-ETSIMDF6060

Dimensions

2.2 m x 600 mm x 600 mm

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

600 mm FMDF frame section

600 mm 600 mm

FTBMounting Position (12)

RightVertical

LeftVertical Horizontal

Trough (6)JumperStoragePanel

Front ISO View Front View Side View

Page 10: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

4w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2 4

Next Generation Frame 600 mm ProductsFront Facing Fiber Main Distributing Frame (F3MDF)

The F3MDF is designed for single-sided access applications and may be mounted up against a wall or back-to-back to save floor space. Unlike the FMDF, the more compact F3MDF is equipped with a single 230 mmhorizontal trough. The F3MDF has twelve FTB mounting positions equally divided between vertical columnson the left and right sides of the frame as shown in the figure below. The frame is 600 mm wide x 480 mmdeep. The built-in jumper storage panel will store up to 5 meters of jumper slack.

2.2 m

600 mm 480 mm

JumperStoragePanel

RightVertical

LeftVertical

FTBMountingPosition (12)

HorizontalTrough (6)

Front ISO View Front View Side View

Catalog Number

NGF-ETSIF3MDF6048

Dimensions

2.2 m x 600 mm x 480 mm

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

600 mm F3MDF frame section

Page 11: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

5w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2 5

2.14 m

480 mm 480 mm

FTBMountingPosition

JumperStoragePanel

Next Generation Frame 600 mm ProductsFiber Slim Rack

The Fiber Slim Rack is designed for lower density applications than the FMDF or F3MDF. It has six FTBmounting positions and is designed for single-sided access applications. The Slim Rack is intended foruse in a single frame application and should not be used in a multiframe lineup. The built-in jumperstorage panel will store up to 5 meters of jumper slack.

When ordering FTBs for the Slim Rack, remember that only left oriented blocks are used on this frame.

Front ISO View Front View Side View

Catalog Number

NGF-SLM7A100

Dimensions

2.14 m x 480 mm x 480 mm

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

NGF Fiber Slim Rack frame section

Page 12: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

6w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Catalog Number

NGF-TB

Block Style

1234

1

24

3SCFC/ST®

E-2000LX.5®/LC

Cable Exit Direction

UD

UpwardDownward

Block Configuration

ABCM

487296144 (LX.5® or LC only)*

Block Orientation

LR

LeftRight

Adapter Type (62.5/125)Multimode

9A5Y

P

SC FCST®

LX.5®

(144 only)LC (144 only)

OR

Adapter TypeSinglemode

78

L23

Q4VN

X

K

SC ultra polishSC ultra polish, zirconia sleeveSC 8° angled polish FC ultra polishFC ultra polish,zirconia sleeveFC 8° angled polishST® ultra polishE-2000 angled polishLX.5® ultra polish(144 only)LX.5® angled polish(144 only)LC ultra polish (144 only)

5

6

Next Generation Frame 600 mm ProductsFiber Termination Blocks (FTB) Unterminated

FTBs without fiber can be ordered fully loaded with adapters or empty (no adapters), in which case theadapter packs for the block must be ordered separately (see page 12). Before ordering, determine the blockorientation and cable exit direction. Unterminated FTBs may be ordered with a “left” orientation (mounts onthe left side of the frame) or a “right” orientation (mounts on the right side of the frame). The cable exitdirection will be either “upward” (cables terminated to the rear side of the block exit up toward the top ofthe frame) or “downward” (cables terminated to the rear side of the block exit down toward the bottom ofthe frame). All blocks with adapters only are configured to terminate single or dual jumpers on the rear ofthe block. If a multifiber breakout style cable (i.e., OSP/IFC) is to be terminated to the rear of the block, aseparate clamping kit is required (see page 7).

Definition of Variables

1

2

3

4

5

Block StyleGeneral adapter type required in the FTB

Block ConfigurationMaximum number of terminations that the FTB will accommodate when fully loaded

Block OrientationVertical column of the frame the FTB is to be mounted on

Cable Exit DirectionDirection the equipment jumpers or OSP cable will exit from the FTB

Adapter TypeSpecific adapter type required in the FTB

* 144 blocks using style 1, 2, or 3 cannot be used in 26" wide NGF frames

Page 13: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

7w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2 7

Next Generation Frame 600 mm ProductsFiber Termination Blocks

Clamping kit includes: Cable clamp, protective cover and fanout bracket. It is required when terminating a multifiber breakout style cable to the rear of the block.

72 position block loaded with jumpers

72 position block loaded withmultifiber breakout cable

72 position block with clamping kit

Protective Cover

FanoutBracket

Cable Clamping Kit

Rear CableManagement Tray

for 144 BlockConversion Kit

Description Catalog Number

Block style originally purchasedAll 48- and 72-position blocks NGF-ACCOSPKIT0296- or 144-position Left Up Blocks NGF-ACCRCMSLU96- or 144-position Right Up Blocks NGF-ACCRCMSRU96- or 144-position Left Down Blocks NGF-ACCRCMSLD96- or 144-position Right Down Blocks NGF-ACCRCMSRD

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Page 14: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

8w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2 8

Next Generation Frame 600 mm ProductsFiber Termination Blocks (FTB) Preterminated

Preterminated FTBs are available with either indoor or outdoor rated cable in ribbon or strandedconfigurations. All blocks are 100% factory tested to guarantee continuity and reliable connections.Preterminated FTBs make installation quick and easy, reducing labor costs. Before ordering, determinethe block orientation and cable exit direction. Preterminated FTBs may be ordered with a “left”orientation (mounts on the left side of the frame) or a “right” orientation (mounts on the right side ofthe frame). The cable exit direction will be either “upward” (cables terminated to the rear side of theblock exit up toward the top of the frame) or “downward” (cables terminated to the rear side of theblock exit down toward the bottom of the frame).

Preterminated FiberTermination Blocks

arrive from the factorywith either IFC or

OSP Cables

Fiber cable easily uncoils during installation

Fiber Termination Blockships inside the drum

Ordering information follows on next page.

Fiber Termination Blockloaded with multifiber

breakout cable

Definition of Variables

1 Block StyleGeneral adapter type required in the FTB

2 Block ConfigurationMaximum number of terminations that the FTB will accommodate when fully loaded

3 Block OrientationVertical column of the frame the FTB is to be mounted on

4 Cable Exit DirectionDirection the equipment jumpers or OSP cable will exit from the FTB

5 Adapter/Connector #1Specific adapter/connector type required in the FTB. Refers to the adapter/connector type at the FTB

6 Connector #2Specific connector type required at the cable end opposite the FTB

7 Cable TypeType of cable to be terminated to the FTB

8 Cable LengthRequired length of the cable terminated to the FTB

Page 15: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

9w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2 9

Catalog Number

NGF-TB

†Other cable types are available upon request. Please contact your ACD representative.

Glass Type

Glass Type

IFC Type Multimode (62.5/125)

OR

OR

AMBMDM2MVMWMYM

12-fiber stranded24-fiber stranded 36-fiber stranded 48-fiber stranded 72-fiber stranded96-fiber stranded 144-fiber stranded

CorningCorningCorningCorningCorningCorningCorning

Length in meters

Cable Length

XXX8Block Style

1234

SCFC/ST®

E-2000LX.5®/LC

Cable Exit Direction

UD

UpwardDownward

Block Configuration

ABCM

487296144 (LX.5® or LC only)**

Block Orientation

LR

LeftRight

1

4

2

3

IFC Type Singlemode † Glass Type

ZBZCZDAABACA2AVADAFHGAHAMAJAKAEGFJ

72-fiber stranded96-fiber stranded144-fiber stranded12-fiber stranded24-fiber stranded36-fiber stranded48-fiber stranded72-fiber stranded96-fiber stranded144-fiber stranded12-fiber ribbon24-fiber ribbon36-fiber ribbon48-fiber ribbon72-fiber ribbon96-fiber ribbon144-fiber ribbon

House Cable*House Cable*House Cable*CorningCorningCorningCorningCorningCorningCorningSumitomoSumitomoSumitomoSumitomoSumitomoSumitomoSumitomo

7

OSP Cable Type Singlemode

72 fiber stranded dielectric96-fiber ribbon dielectric96-fiber stranded dielectric144-fiber stranded dielectric144-fiber ribbon dielectric

VTVWENFLFM

PirelliPirelliPirelliPirelliPirelli

09A5YP

No connector/stub endSCFCST®

LX.5® (144 only)LC (144 only)

Connector #2 Singlemode

078L23Q4VNXK

No connector/stub endSC ultra polishSC ultra polish, zirconia sleeveSC 8° angled polishFC ultra polishFC ultra polish, zirconia sleeveFC 8° angled polishST® ultra polishE-2000 angled polishLX.5® ultra polish (144 only)LX.5® angled polish (144 only)LC ultra polish (144 only)

Connector #2 Multimode (62.5/125)

OR

6

OR

Adapter/Connector #1Multimode (62.5/125)

9A5YP

SCFCST®

LX.5® (144 only)LC (144 only)

Adapter TypeSinglemode

78

L23

Q4VN

X

K

SC ultra polishSC ultra polish, zirconia sleeveSC 8° angled polish FC ultra polishFC ultra polish,zirconia sleeveFC 8° angled polishST® ultra polishE-2000 angled polishLX.5® ultra polish(144 only)LX.5® angled polish(144 only)LC ultra polish (144 only)

5

Next Generation Frame 600 mm ProductsPreterminated FTBs

See previous page for definition of variables.

*House cable will use Corning SMF28, Sumitomo, Alcatel or similar singlemode fiber based on current market availability.

** 144 blocks using style 1, 2, or 3 cannot be used in 26" wide NGF frames

Page 16: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

10w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2 10

Next Generation Frame 600 mm ProductsFiber Combination Blocks (FCB)

Fiber Combination Blocks provide a place to terminate pigtails and splice IFC/OSP cables on the frame. Theblocks are available with several different adapter types in block configurations of 48-, 72-, or 96-positions.Also, a 144-position FCB is available using an LX.5® or LC adapter. The termination portion of the fibercombination block utilizes sliding adapter packs to gain easy access to connectors on both the front andrear side of the block. The block is available with factory-installed pigtails for easy installation. Splice traysare shipped with the block if ordered with pigtails; otherwise trays must be ordered separately. The block isshipped with a cable clamp for OSP/IFC. The FCB occupies two mounting positions on a frame section.Before ordering, determine the block orientation. FCBs may be ordered with a “left” orientation (mountson the left side of the frame) or a “right” orientation (mounts on the right side of the frame).

Ordering information follows on next page.

Definition of Variables

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Block StyleGeneral adapter type required in the FCB

Block ConfigurationMaximum number of terminations that the FCB will accommodate when fully loaded

Block OrientationVertical column of the frame the FCB is to be mounted on

Adapter/Connector TypeSpecific adapter/connector type required in the FCB

Pigtail TypeType of pigtail required

Number of Pigtail AssembliesNumber of pigtails to be pre-installed in the FCB

Splice ChipType of splice chip required for splice trays

Page 17: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

11w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2 11

Catalog Number

NGF-CB 2

Splice Chip

012367894

EmptyBare fusionHeat shrink fusionMechanical (Elastomeric)Nortel QPAKSwiss® ANTRotaryFibrLok®

16 position heat shrink fusion

Block Style

1234

SCFC/ST®

E-2000LX.5® /LC

Block Configuration

ABCM

487296144 (LX.5® or LC only)

1

2

Number of Pigtail Assemblies

XX Number of assemblies6

Pigtail Type

012

45

No pigtails12-fiber pigtail12-fiber strandedMaxi-Strip8-fiber pigtail12-fiber ribbon

5

7

Block Orientation

LR

LeftRight

3A59YP

FCST®

SCLX.5® (144 only) LC (144 only)

4

ORAdapter/Connector TypeMultimode (62.5/125)

Adapter TypeSinglemode

78

L23

Q4VNX

K

SC ultra polishSC ultra polish, zirconia sleeveSC 8° angled polish FC ultra polishFC ultra polish,zirconia sleeveFC 8° angled polishST® ultra polishE-2000 angled polishLX.5® ultra polish (144 only)LX.5® angled polish(144 only)LC ultra polish (144 only)

4

1

Next Generation Frame 600 mm ProductsFiber Combination Blocks (FCB)

1144-termination block requires the use of either:Mechanical (elastomeric) splice tray when using mass fusion ribbon splicing Nortel QPAK splice tray when using single fiber heat shrink fusion splicing144 blocks using block style 1, 2, or 3 cannot be used in 26" wide NGF frames

Splice Trays For Fiber Combination Block

Catalog Number

FST - DRS

Splice Tray Type

00FTHSMTNTANTRT3M

Empty tray*Bare fusionHeat shrink fusionMechanical (elastomeric)Nortel QPAKSwiss ANTRotaryFibrLok®

* Maximum size of chip allowed in empty tray: .3"H x 2.5"W x 3.6"L

Note: For LX.5® FCB with 12 fiber ribbon pigtails, select mechanical splicing only.

For LX.5® FCB with 12 fiber stranded pigtails select Nortel QPAK (compatible with heat shrink fusion), bare fusion or Swiss ANT only.

Number of Splices

1224

-

12 splices24 splices

1

2

Page 18: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

12w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2 12

48-Position72-Position72-Position96-Position 96-Position96-Position 144-Position (block code'E')144-Position (block code'M')

SC, FC, ST®, E-2000SC, E-2000FC, ST®

SC, E-2000FC, ST®

SC, FC, ST®, E-2000LX.5®

SC, FC, E-2000, LX.5®, LC

2 Pack / 2 Pack2 Pack / 4 Pack6 Pack2 Pack / 6 Pack8 Pack4 Pack / 4 Pack12 Pack6 Pack / 6 Pack

B (shown below)A (shown below)E (shown below)F (shown below)G (shown below)J (not shown below)H (not shown below)K (not shown below)

Next Generation Frame 600 mm ProductsSliding Adapter Packs

Sliding adapter packs house groups of fiber optic adapters and are mounted in Fiber Termination Blocks toprovide easy access to connectors. Sliding adapter packs are available with SC, FC, ST®, E-2000, LX.5® andLC adapters. The adapters come in packs of two, four, six and eight depending on the adapter type andthe desired termination density. See table below for configuration guidelines.

Sliding Adapter Pack Configuration Guidelines

BlockConfiguration

Adapter TypeAdapter Pack Configuration

Adapter PackOption

Option A(SC shown)

Option B(FC shown)

Option E(ST® shown)

Option F(E-2000 shown)

Option G(FC shown)

Option H(LX.5® only)

Catalog Number

NGF- SAP

Adapter Pack Option*

ABEFGH

JK

2 pack/4 pack2 pack/2 pack6 pack2 pack/6 pack8 pack12 pack (LX.5® block code "E" only)4 pack / 4 pack6 pack / 6 pack(all block code "M" blocks)

00 0

Adapter TypeMultimode

9A5Y

SC FCST®

LX.5®

(144 only)

OR

Adapter TypeSinglemode

78L23Q4VNXK

SC ultra polishSC ultra polish,zirconia sleeveSC 8° angled polish FC ultra polishFC ultra polish, zirconia sleeveFC 8° angled polishST® ultra polishE-2000 angled polishLX.5® ultra polish (144 only)LX.5® angled polish (144 only)LC ultra polish (144 only)

5

Page 19: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

13w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2 13

Next Generation Frame 600 mm ProductsValue-Added Module System Chassis

The NGF VAM chassis is designed to mount on all standard NGF frame styles and isinterchangeable with termination, splice, andstorage modules. Each chassis accommodates up to twelve Mini-VAM modules.

Catalog Number

Block Style

123

SCFC/STE-2000

NGF - TB D

Block Orientation

LR

LeftRight

Cable Exit Direction (Rear)

UD

UpwardDownward

NGF VAM Chassis

* NGF VAMs with LX.5® or LC adapters can be placed in any of these block styles. Please contact ADC Technical Assistance Center with any questions.

VAM Chassis

Ordering of information for value-added modules starts on page 54.

Features:

• Enclosed plug-in modulesOptical components are protected from physical and environmental damage

• Flexible platformModules can be created for new applications quickly and easily to meet customer requirements

• Monitor and/or testEnables providers to troubleshoot networks without forcing disruption of service

• Custom configurationsCustom splitter configurations available upon request

ADC’s Next Generation Frame (NGF) Value-AddedModules are designed to support emerging circuitrequirements. This high-density fiber frame solutionprovides unlimited expansion while optimizing fibercable management. The NGF system uses Mini Value-Added Modules to incorporate optical splitters for circuitmonitoring and video distribution. Mini Value-AddedModules can also be configured with wavelengthdivision multiplexing capabilities to increase transmissioncapacity over existing fiber lines. Various input andoutput interface options are available.

Page 20: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

14w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2 14

Next Generation Frame 600 mm ProductsFiber Optic Terminal Jumper Storage Bay

Catalog Number

NGF-ACCFOTSB300

NGF-F3ACCFOTSB300

Dimensions

2.2 m x 300 mm x 600 mm

2.2 m x 300 mm x 480 mm

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

FOT storage bay for 600 mmFMDF lineups

FOT storage bay for 600 mmF3MDF lineups (not shown)

2.2 m

600 mm300 mm

Side ViewFront ISO View Front View(NGF-ACCFOTSB300 Shown)

Page 21: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

15w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2 15

Next Generation Frame 600 mm ProductsEquipment Bay

2.2 m

600 mm600 mm

The NGF Equipment Bay provides a mountinglocation for 19-inch rack mount equipment within anFMDF lineup. The equipment deployment in the baycan include video transmitters, RF Splitter/Combiners,or Remote Fiber Test Systems. NGF Equipment Baysare available for FMDF lineups (600 mm deep) andF3MDF lineups (480 mm deep).

NGF-ETSIEB6060-19

Catalog Number

NGF-ETSIEB6060-19

NGF-ETSIF3EB6048-19

Dimensions

2.2 m x 600 mm x 600 mm

2.2 m x 600 mm x 480 mm

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

Equipment bay for FMDF lineupsFor 19" (48.26 cm) equipment(maximum equipment width) (36) rack unit mounting spaces available (EIA hole spacing)

Equipment bay for F3MDF lineupsFor 19" (48.26 cm) equipment(maximum equipment width) (36) rack unit mounting spacesavailable (EIA hole spacing)

Page 22: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

16w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2 16

Next Generation Frame 600 mm ProductsAccessories

Rack Installation Kits

AC Outlet Kits

Cable Clamp Kits

End GuardThe end guard provides protection for the fibers entering and exiting frames at the ends of a lineup.

Cable clamp kits are available for securing IFC/OSP cable or equipment (FOT) jumpers on the rear of the FTB.

Catalog Number

NGF-ETSIACCEG

NGF-ETSIF3ACCEG

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

FMDF end guard, 600 mm deep

F3MDF end guard, 480 mm deep

Catalog Number

NGF-ACCCLMP04

NGF-ACCCLMP08

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

Cable clamp kit for FOT patch cords

included with Fiber TerminationBlocks loaded with adapters only

Cable clamp kit for IFC/OSP cables

included with Fiber TerminationBlocks with IFC

Catalog Number

RAC-MX0616

RAC-MX0615

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

Rack installation kit for concretefloor, kit includes:

(2) M8 bolts, 90 mm(4) M8 nuts(8) flat washers(4) lock washersshims and anchor plates

Rack installation kit for raised floor,kit includes:

(4) threaded rods M12 x 1 m(12) heavy nuts, lock and flatwashers(4) nuts with springs, M12(2) 1.8 m unistrut(1) anchor kit

Please contact your ADC representative for catalog numbers

Page 23: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

17w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

OMX™ Optical Distribution Frame

IntroductionGrowth in the telecommunications industry has driven widespread deployment of optical fiber. As thenumber of installed fibers grows, the capability of a service provider’s optical distribution frame to handlelarge amounts of fiber becomes crucial. Also, office floor space is at a premium. Saving floor space byincreasing the optical distribution frame density can provide significant cost-savings to the service provider.At the same time, service providers require a flexible optical distribution frame, which enables them toquickly respond to the changing needs of their customers. These key factors have driven the increaseddemand for a high-density, modular, front access optical distribution frame.

ADC has developed the OMX™ optical distribution frame to meet these demands. Designed with total frontaccess, the OMX can be installed back-to-back or against a wall to save valuable office floor space. Thishigh-density frame terminates and splices up to 576 fibers in a 600 mm x 300 mm footprint and 864 in a800 mm x 300 mm footprint. The OMX fiber frame protects fiber cable and connections through use ofADC’s patented angled adapter/retainers and design features that maintain correct bend radius throughoutthe frame. Adding signal management and enhancement functions, such as splitters, couplers andwavelength division multiplexers, optimizes the value of your fiber network by providing nonintrusive accessto the optical signal for monitoring and testing signal integrity.

Features and Benefits

Modular solutionProvides greater flexibility for a variety of applications

- Saves costs by standardizing on one flexible solution

High density solutionAccommodates up to 576 terminations and spliceswithin 600 mm x 300 mm footprint and 864 in a800 mm x 300 mm footprint

- Saves valuable floor space

Total front access frameAllows installation back-to-back or against a wall

- Saves valuable floor space

Superior cable managementProtects cables and connectors; reduces reconfiguration time

- Saves maintenance costs, improves reliability

Completely enclosed and lockableProvides additional fiber protection and security

- Improves network reliability throughcontrolled access to fibers

Page 24: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

18w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

OMX™ Optical Distribution Frame

The OMX’s modular design provides flexibility to meet the specific needs of the service provider. Eachsolution will be a combination of the following parts.

OMX FrameThe OMX frame is 600 mm x 300 mm and has ten mounting positions for the termination, splice andjumper storage modules. The OMX 800 frame is 800 mm x 300 mm and also has ten mounting positionsfor the termination, splice and jumper storage modules.

OMX Termination ModuleThe OMX termination modules are available with 72,96, or 144 adapters. These modules can be orderedwith adapters only or preterminated with eitherintrafacility fiber cable (IFC), outside plant (OSP)cables, or pigtails for ease of installation. Themodules are available with SC, FC, ST®, E-2000® andLX.5® connector/adapter styles.

OMX Splice ModuleThe OMX splice module provides protection and amounting location for ADC’s round splice trays.Each splice module is two mounting positions talland holds 24 splice trays. Each splice tray canhouse up to 24 splices.

OMX Slack Storage SolutionsThe OMX jumper storage module enables storage offiber-optic jumper slack within an OMX frame. Eachjumper storage module is one module position tall.The Interbay Management Panel provides off-framestorage of jumper slack. ADC recommends the use of2 mm patch cords to maximize the cablemanagement potential of the OMX.

Page 25: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

19w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

OMX™ Optical Distribution FrameFrame Section

The OMX frame section provides mounting locations for termination, splice and storage modules. It is acompletely front-facing frame; all mounting, maintenance and cable access is done on the front of theframe. A lower trough allows multiple frames to be mounted in a continuous lineup. The frame is shippedwith lockable front doors. Preconfigured bays are available; please contact your ADC representative forordering information.

OMX 600 Frame SectionFront ISO View

OMX 800 Frame Section Front ISO View

Catalog Number

MX6-TSF6030

MX6-TSF8030

Dimensions (HxWxD)

2200 x 600 x 300 mm

2200 x 800 x 300 mm

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

OMX 600 frame section

OMX 800 frame section

Page 26: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

20w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

OMX™ Optical Distribution FrameTermination Module with Adapters Only

The OMX termination module with adapters only isavailable with 72, 96 or 144 adapters. Modulesmay be ordered with a ”left“ orientation (mountson the left side of the frame) or a ”right“orientation (mounts on the right side of the frame).ADC recommends the use of 2 mm patch cords tomaximize the cable management potential of theOMX. Block configuration D can only bemounted in the OMX 800.

Block Configuration72-position96-position144-position (LX.5® only)144-position (OMX 800 only)

ABCD

Block OrientationLeftRight

LR

MX6-TM 0 0

OR

SCFCST®

LX.5®

9A5Y

Adapter Type Singlemode7L2Q4VX83

Ultra PCSCAngled SC 8°Ultra PCFCAngled FC 8°Ultra PCSTAngled E-2000 8°LX.5®

Ultra PCSC, zirconia sleeveUltra PCFC, zirconia sleeve

Adapter Type Multimode (62.5/125)

Catalog Number

72 position

Page 27: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

21w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

OMX™ Optical Distribution FrameTermination Module with Pigtails

The OMX preterminated pigtail modules areavailable with either stranded or ribbonpreterminated fiber bundles. The modules aremounted on the frame and the fiber bundles arethen routed directly to the splice section of theOMX frame. This makes installation of themodules quick and easy, saving valuableinstallation time. Preterminated pigtail modulesmay be ordered with a ”left“ orientation (mountson the left side of the frame) or a ”right“orientation (mounts on the right side of theframe). ADC recommends the use of 2 mm patchcords to maximize the cable managementpotential of the OMX. Block configuration Dcan only be mounted in the OMX 800.

Block Configuration72-position96-position144-position (LX.5® only)144-position (OMX 800 only)

ABCD

Block OrientationLeftRight

LR

MX6-PM 0

OR

SCFCST®

LX.5®

9A5Y

Connector Type Singlemode7L2Q4VX83

Ultra PCSCAngled SC 8°Ultra PCFCAngled FC 8°Ultra PCSTAngled E-2000 8°LX.5®

Ultra PCSC, zirconia sleeveUltra PCFC, zirconia sleeve

Connector Type Multimode (62.5/125)

Number of Pigtail AssembliesNumber of assembliesXX

Pigtail Type12-fiber stranded12-fiber stranded Maxi-Strip12-fiber ribbon8-fiber stranded8-fiber ribbon6-fiber ribbon4-fiber ribbon6-fiber stranded

12345678

Catalog Number

96 position

Page 28: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

22w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

OMX™ Optical Distribution FrameTermination Module with IFC

The OMX preterminated IFC modules are available witheither indoor or outdoor rated cable in ribbon, stranded,loose tube, or Maxi-Strip configurations. All modules are100% factory tested to guarantee continuity and reliableconnections. IFC modules make installation quick andeasy, reducing labor costs. IFC modules may be orderedwith a ”left“ orientation (mounts on the left side of theframe) or a ”right“ orientation (mounts on the right sideof the frame). ADC recommends the use of 2 mm patchcords to maximize the cable management potential ofthe OMX. Block configuration D can only bemounted in the OMX 800.

96 position

MX6-FM

OR

12-fiber stranded24-fiber stranded36-fiber stranded48-fiber stranded54-fiber stranded72-fiber stranded96-fiber stranded144-fiber stranded12-fiber ribbon24-fiber ribbon36-fiber ribbon48-fiber ribbon72-fiber ribbon96-fiber ribbon144-fiber ribbon72-fiber ribbon96-fiber ribbon144-fiber ribbon72-fiber stranded Maxi-Strip96-fiber stranded Maxi-Strip

IFC Type Singlemode (Indoor)AABACA2A7AVADAFHGAHAMAJAKAEGFJKBEFFKMXGF

CorningCorningCorningCorningCorningCorningCorningCorningSumitomoSumitomoSumitomoSumitomoSumitomoSumitomoSumitomoAlcatelAlcatelAlcatelCorningCorning

Glass Type

12-fiber stranded24-fiber stranded36-fiber stranded48-fiber stranded72-fiber stranded96-fiber stranded

IFC Type Multimode (Indoor)AMBMDM2MVMWM

CorningCorningCorningCorningCorningCorning

Glass Type

72-position96-position144-position (LX.5® only)144-position (OMX 800 only)

ABCD

Block Configuration

0

Ultra PCSCAngled SC 8°Ultra PCFCAngled FC 8°Ultra PCSTAngled E-2000 8°LX.5®

Ultra PCSC, zirconia sleeveUltra PCFC, zirconia sleeve

7L2Q4VX83

Adapter/Connector #1 Singlemode

No connector/stub endSCFCSTLX.5®

09A5Y

Connector #2 Multimode (62.5/125)

®

No connector/stub endUltra PCSCAngled SC 8°Ultra PCFCAngled FC 8°Ultra PCSTAngled E-2000 8°LX.5®

Ultra PCSC, zirconia sleeveUltra PCFC, zirconia sleeve

07L2Q4VX83

Connector #2 Singlemode

Length in Meters

SCFCSTLX.5®

9A5Y

Adapter/Connector #1 Multimode (62.5/125)

®

Block OrientationLeftRight

LR

OR

OR

Contact your ADC representitve for termination modules with outside plant cable.

Catalog Number

Page 29: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

23w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2 23

OMX™ Optical Distribution FrameValue-Added Module System Chassis

The OMX VAM chassis is designed to fit into anyopen chassis location within new or existing OMX600 optical distribution frames. Each chassis canaccommodate a maximum of ten VAM plug-inmodules, ten bulkhead plates, ten blank plates orany combination thereof.

Description

Unloaded chassis - left orientation;accommodates up to 10 modules

Unloaded chassis - right orientation;accommodates up to 10 modules

Catalog Number

MX6-VAMCHAS-L

MX6-VAMCHAS-R

Dimensions (HxWxD)

14.69" x 8.93" x 11.25"(37.31 x 22.68 x 28.58 cm)

14.69" x 8.93" x 11.25"(37.31 x 22.68 x 28.58 cm)

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Left Chassis Right Chassis

Ordering information for value-added modules starts on page 54.

Page 30: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

24w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Splice ModuleThe OMX splice module provides mounting positionsand protection for 24 splice trays. The splice moduleis the height of two termination modules. Themodule may be ordered with a ”left“ orientation(mounts on the left side of the frame) or a ”right“orientation (mounts on the right side of the frame).Splice modules must be mounted to the framestarting in the bottom position.

OMX™ Optical Distribution FrameSplice Module and Splice Tray

Catalog Number

MX6-24SPNL-R

MX6-24SPNL-L

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

OMX (24) tray splice module

Height = 2 module positions

Right orientation

Left orientation

Splice TrayThe round splice tray used in the OMX simplifiesinstallation and maintenance. The tray stores up tothree meters of slack allowing the installer to rollthe tray away from the frame to perform splicing.

Catalog Number

FST-DRS ___ ___ - ___ ___

00FTHSMTURCMNTANTRT3M

EmptyBare fusionHeat shrink fusionMechanical (elastomeric)Universal RaychemNortel QPAKSwiss ANTRotaryFibrLok®

Splice TypeNumber of Splices

1For 8 fiber ribbon only

121624321

Page 31: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

25w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

OMX™ Optical Distribution FrameFrame Accessories

OMX Jumper Storage ModuleThe OMX jumper slack storage module provides for jumperstorage functionality within the frame. Up to five jumperstorage modules can be mounted on one side of an OMXframe. Jumper storage modules must be mounted to theframe starting in the bottom position.

OMX Interbay Management PanelThe OMX interbay management panel provides slack storage between frames for interconnect orcross-connect jumpers. The Interbay Management Panel is necessary when no jumper storageis provided on the OMX frame itself.

Catalog Number

MX6-JSM00000

MX6-JSM80000

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

OMX 600 jumper storage module (OMX 600 only)

OMX 800 jumper storage module (OMX 800 only)

Catalog Number

MX6-IMP150

MX6-IMP200

Dimensions (HxWxD)

2200 x 150 x 300 mm

2200 x 200 x 300 mm

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

150 mm OMX interbay management panel

200 mm OMX interbay management panel

Catalog Number

MX6-ENDGRD

Dimensions

2200 x 300 mm

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

OMX end guard

OMX End GuardThe OMX end guard provides protection for the fibers entering and exiting frames at the ends of a lineup.The end guard attaches directly to the interbay management panel, but does not add to the overall framewidth. End guards are not required when ordering splice bays or bays without external interbaymanagement panels. The OMX end guard can be mounted to both the OMX 600 and OMX 800.

Page 32: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

26w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

OMX™ Optical Distribution FrameFrame Accessories

OMX Outside Plant Cable ClampThe OMX cable clamp is used to secure the OSP/IFC cable to the base or top of the frame.

Catalog Number

OSP-CLPFEC-LG

MX6-ACC001

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

OMX outside plant cable clamp for top entry cables; clamps up to 3 cables

OMX outside plant cable clamp for underfloor cable entry

Rack Installation Kits

Catalog Number

RAC-MX0616

RAC-MX0615

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

Rack installation kit for concrete floor, kit includes:(2) M8 bolts, 90 mm(4) M8 nuts(8) flat washers(4) lock washers shims and anchor plates

Rack installation kit for raised floor, kit includes:(4) threaded rods M12 x 1 m(12) heavy nuts, lock and flat washers(4) nuts with springs, M12(2) 1.8 m unistrut(1) anchor kit

Page 33: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

27w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

OMX™ Optical Distribution FrameSplice Bay

The OMX 600 splice bay is a high-density splice solution, housing up to 1440 splices within a 600 mm x 300 mm footprint. Shipped complete with the necessary cable management, the splice bay features slots which secure and protect the round splice trays. The splice bay can hold up to 60 twelve-fiber splice trays on each vertical. The bay may be ordered for applications in which thecables enter from above or below. The OMX 600 splice bay is shipped with lockable front doors.

Front ISO View Front View

2200 mm

600 mm

Side View

300 mm

MX6-SPL6030-D Shown

Catalog Number

MX6-SPL6030-1440-D

MX6-SPL6030-1440-U

FEC-ACCCLMP01MX6-SPLIFCCLMP

Dimensions

2200 x 600 x 300 mm

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

Fully configured splice bay;accommodates up to 1440 splices

Cable enters from underfloor

Cable enters from top

Splice bay cable clampsfor OSP cable (maximum cable outer diameter: 1 cm to 2.8 cmfor IFC cable (maximum cable outer diameter: .1.27 cm to 2.54 cm)

To order splice trays, see page 24.

Page 34: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

28w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

FL1000 Fiber Termination ProductsTwo-Door Wall Mount Boxes

12-Position Termination/Splice Wall Box

The FL1000 two-door, wall mount boxes feature a unique design and many integrated features such as: • Multiple, configurable locking options that allow users and service providers separate access

for security• Acceptance of strength member tie-off hardware• Acceptance of cable clamps at each corner

Grounding screws, mounting screws, and dust caps are included with each panel. More accessories areavailable on page 33.

PNT0

PNT1

13.0"

3.6"

11.2"

Swing-OutDoor

TieLance

Splice Tray(Optional)

Swing-OutDoor

SpliceDeck

Radius Limiter (4 Places)

6pak Adapter Plate (Optional With or Without Pigtails)

Cable Clamp (Optional)

Compression Fitting (Optional)

DesignationLabel

Cable Channel(Optional)

Strength MemberTie-Off (Optional)

24-Position Termination/Splice Wall Box

17.0"

6.2"

17.7"

Swing-OutDoor

TieLance

Splice Tray(Optional)

Swing-OutDoor

SpliceDeckRadius Limiter

(4 places)

6pak Adapter Plate (Optional With or Without Pigtails)

CableClamp

(Optional)

Compression Fitting (Optional)

Designation Label

Strength MemberTie-Off (Optional)

48-Position Termination/Splice Wall Box

14.0"

3.6"

15.1"

Swing-OutDoor

TieLance Splice Tray

(Optional) Swing-OutDoor

SpliceDeck

Radius Limiter (4 Places)

6pak Adapter Plate (Optional With or Without Pigtails)

Cable Clamp (Optional)

Compression Fitting (Optional)

Designation Label

Cable Channel(Optional)

Strength MemberTie-Off (Optional)

Page 35: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

29w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

FL1000 Fiber Termination ProductsTwo-Door Ordering Information

FL1- __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ - __ __ __ __ __

Wall Box TypeG 2-door, 12-position

termination/splice wall boxH 2-door, 24-position

termination/splice wall boxJ 2-door, 48-position

termination/splice wall box

Splice Tray with Chip1 Bare fusion2 Heat shrink fusion3 Mechanical

(elastomeric)4 Rotary6 FibrLok®

7 Nortel QPAKN None

Accessories5 Cable clamp6 Compression fittings7 Bonding grounding kit8 Strength member

tie-off

LocksA Two A keysB Two B keysC One A key, one B keyD One A keyE One B keyN None

6paks not Installed into WallBox (with or without Fiber)

OR

1 Adapters with pigtails (2.0 mm x 3.0 m)

2 Adapters onlyN None/NA

6paks Installed into Wall Box(with or without Fiber)*

3 Adapters with pigtails preinstalled into wall box(2.0 mm x 3.0 m)

4 Adapters preinstalled into wall box

Multimode and Singlemode6pak Adapter/Connector Type

Singlemode

Multimode

0 BlankN None/NA

2 FC ultra polish4 ST® ultra polish7 SC ultra polishC SC duplex with

zirconia sleevesE SC duplexF FC angled polishJ SC angled polishK E-2000 angled polishL FC with zirconia sleevesP ST® with zirconia sleevesR SC with zirconia sleevesX LX.5®

8 LC

5 ST®

9 SCA FCD SC duplexY LX.5®

6 LC

1 2 3A 3B 3C 3D 3E 4 5 6 7 8 9

Number of splice traysreceived depends onamount of 6paks used:1-2 6paks = 1 splice tray4 6paks = 2 splice trays6 6paks = 3 splice trays8 6paks = 4 splice trays

*Use the guide above for placement of factory-installed 6paks. Placethe desired connector or adapter type (from guide above) above thecorresponding location designation of 3A, 3B, 3C, 3D or 3E. Thediagram illustrates the location of each 6pak within the bulkhead.

Enter the desired quantity (0-9) above thecorresponding accessory.

Numerous locking optionsare available for separateuser and service provideraccess. Choose thecombination appropriate foryour securtiy needs.

3E

3D

Wall-Mount Bulkhead

Viewed from Equipment Side

MountingWall SideDoor Side

3C

3A

3E

3D

3C

3B

How to order an FL1000 two-door wall mount box

1. Select wall box type2. Select 6pak (with or without fiber) not installed in wall mount box (recommended for quicker availability)

OR Select 6pak (with or without fiber) installed in wall mount box 3. Select 6pak adapter type (if factory installed, choose placement in the wall mount box4. Select splice tray with chip5. Select number of cable clamps (0-9)6. Select number of compression fittings (0-9)7. Select number of bonding grounding kits (0-9)8. Select number of strength member tie-off kits (each wall box accepts 2, maximum) (0-9)9. Select locks

Catalog Number

Page 36: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

30w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

FL1000 Fiber Termination ProductsTwo-Door Wall Mount Boxes with MTRJ Connectors

FL1- __ __ - 0 __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __

Box Size

Catalog Number

12 12-position (24 fiber connections)

24 24-position (48 fiber connections)

36 36-position (72 fiber connections)

48 48-position (96 fiber connections)

72 72-position (144 fiber connections)

96 96-position (192 fiber connections)

Type of Splice Tray1 Bare fusion 2 Heat shrink 3 Mechanical 4 Rotary 6 Fibrlok®

7 Nortel QPAK8 RaychemN None**

LocksN NoneA (2) key AB (2) key B C (1) key A, (1) key BD (1) key AE (1) key B

Fiber Connections*012 12 024 24036 36048 48072 72096 96144 144192 192

Adapter StyleM MTRJ

(pass through adapters only)S MTRJ workstation jack

(putty)B MTRJ secure keyed jack

(blue)G MTRJ secure keyed jack

(green) H MTRJ secure keyed jack

(yellow)W MTRJ secure keyed jack

(red)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Accessories***8 Cable clamp9 Compression fittings10 Bonding/grounding11 Strength member

tie-off

* Each position = 2 fiber connections (e.g., 24-positionpanel fully loaded with MTRJ = 48 fiber connections).** For interconnect only applications; right side of boxcan be used as slack storage.*** Select number of each as needed. Qty 0-9.

Dimensions H x W x D

12-position 15.5" x 20.0" x 4.1"24-position 15.5" x 20.0" x 4.1"36-position 23.0" x 22.2" x 5.5"48-position 23.0" x 22.2" x 5.5"72-position 23.0" x 22.2" x 7.0"96-position 31.0" x 22.2" x 7.0"

Features

• Quick installation

• Compact size

• Durability

• Single catalog number ordering

• Wall boxes come preconfigured (6paks installed)

• Two-door design allows for separate user/service provider access

• Numerous locking options

• Acceptance of strength member tie-off hardware

• Acceptance of cable clamps or compression fittings at each corner

• Slack storage on left, splicing or storage on right side of box

• Available in putty

Page 37: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

31w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

FL1000 Fiber Termination ProductsOne-Door Wall Mount Boxes

12-Position Termination/Splice Wall Box

The FL1000 one-door, wall mount boxes feature a unique design and many integrated features such as:

• Numerous cable tie points within the panels• Ability to accept hasp-style locks• Acceptance of cable clamps at each corner

Grounding screws, mounting screws, and dust caps are included with each panel. More accessories areavailable on page 33.

24-Position Termination/Splice Wall Box

48-Position Splice Wall Box

6pak Adapter Plate (Optional, With or Without Pigtails)

Compression Fitting

(Optional)

Splice Tray Shown With Cover Removed

(Optional)Swing-Out

DoorDesignation Label

TieLance

Grounding KitMounting Holes

Radius Limiter(4 Places)

SpliceDeck

Cable Clamp

19.8"1.0"

3.58"(9.1 cm)1.2"

12.0"7.8"

10.2"(25.96 cm)

15"(38.1 cm)

6pak Adapter Plate (Optional, With or Without Pigtails)

Cable Clamp

Compression Fitting

(Optional)

Splice Tray Shown With Cover Removed

(Optional)Swing-Out

DoorDesignation

Label

TieLance

Radius Limiter(4 Places)

SpliceDeck

Grounding KitMounting Holes

21.4"

3.58"(9.1 cm)1.2"

13.0"8.4"

Compression Fitting

(Optional)

Splice Tray Shown With Cover Removed

(Optional)Swing-Out

DoorDesignation Label

TieLance

Radius Limiter(4 Places)

SpliceDeck

Cable Clamp

15"(38.1 cm)

Grounding KitMounting Holes

21.4"1.0"

3.58"(9.1 cm)1.2"

13.0"8.4"

Page 38: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

32w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

FL1000 Fiber Termination ProductsOne-Door Ordering Information

Wall Box TypeA 1-door, 12-position

termination/splice wall boxB 1-door, 24-position

termination/splice wall boxC 1-door, 48-position

splice-only wall box

Splice Tray with Chip1 Bare fusion2 Heat shrink fusion3 Mechanical

(elastomeric)4 Rotary6 FibrLok®

7 Nortel QPAKN None

Accessories5 Cable clamp6 Compression fittings7 Bonding grounding kit

6paks not Installed into WallBox (with or without Fiber)

OR

1 Adapters with pigtails (2.0 mm x 3.0 m)

2 Adapters onlyN None/NA

6paks Installed into Wall Box(with or without Fiber)*

3 Adapters with pigtails preinstalled into wall box(2.0 mm x 3.0 m)

4 Adapters preinstalled into wall box

Multimode and Singlemode6pak Adapter/Connector Type

Singlemode

Multimode

0 BlankN None/NA

2 FC ultra polish4 ST® ultra polish7 SC ultra polishC SC duplex with

zirconia sleeves**E SC duplex**F FC angled polishJ SC angled polishK E-2000 angled polishL FC with zirconia sleevesP ST® with zirconia sleevesR SC with zirconia sleevesX LX.5®

8 LC

5 ST®

9 SCD SC duplex**A FCY LX.5®

6 LC

How to order an FL1000 one-door wall mount box

1. Select wall box type

2. Select 6pak (with or without fiber) not installed in wall mount box OR Select 6pak (with or without fiber) installed in wall mount box

3. Select 6pak adapter type (if factory installed, choose placement in the wall mount box)

4. Select splice tray with chip

5. Select number of cable clamps (0-9)

6. Select number of compression fittings (0-9)

7. Select number of bonding grounding kits (0-9)

1 2 3A 3B 3C 3D 4 5 6 7 8

Number of splice traysreceived depends onamount of 6paks used:1-2 6paks = 1 splice tray3-4 6paks = 2 splice traysWall Box Type C = 4 splice trays

*Use the guide to the right forplacement of factory-installed 6paks.Place the desired connector oradapter type (from guide above)above the corresponding locationdesignation of 3A, 3B, 3C or 3D. Thediagram illustrates the location ofeach 6pak within the bulkhead.

**Requires zip cable

Enter the desired quantity(0-9) above thecorresponding accessory.

3C

3A

Wall-Mount Bulkhead

i d f

MountingWall SideDoor Side

3D

3B

Catalog NumberFL1- __ __ __ __ __ __ N N __ - __ __ __

Page 39: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

33w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

FL1000 Fiber Termination Products

FL2-6PMMSCFL2-6PMMDSCFL2-6PMMSTFL2-6PMMFCFL2-6PMMLXFL2-6PMMLC

FL2-6PSMSCFL2-6PSMDSCFL2-6PSMSTFL2-6PSMFCFL2-6PSMSC-Z

FL2-6PSMDSC-Z

FL2-6PSMST-Z

FL2-6PSMFC-Z

FL2-6PSMASCFL2-6PSMAFCFL2-6PSMAE2FL2-6PSMALXFL2-6PSMLC

SCDuplex SCST®

FCLX.5®

LC

SCDuplex SCST®

FCSC(with zirconia sleeve)Duplex SC(with zirconia sleeve)ST®

(with zirconia sleeve)FC(with zirconia sleeve)SC angled 8°FC angled 8°E-2000 angled 8°LX.5® LC

Multimode Catalog Number(62.5/125)

6paks without fiber

FL1-6P9BC003FL1-6PDBC003FL1-6P5BC003FL1-6PABC003FL1-6PYBC003FL1-6P6BC003

FL1-6P7SC003FL1-6PESC003FL1-6P4SC003FL1-6P2SC003FL1-6PRSC003

FL1-6PCSC003

FL1-6PPSC003

FL1-6PLSC003

FL1-6PJSC003FL1-6PFSC003FL1-6PKSC003FL1-6PXBC003FL1-6P8SC003

SCDuplex SCST®

FCLX.5®

LC

SCDuplex SCST®

FCSC(with zirconia sleeve)Duplex SC(with zirconia sleeve)ST®

(with zirconia sleeve)FC(with zirconia sleeve)SC angled 8°FC angled 8°E-2000 angled 8°LX.5® LC

Multimode Catalog Number(62.5/125)

6paks with fiber

Singlemode Singlemode

Flexibility for future growth: To add capacity to an existingFL1000 panel, simply order theappropriate 6pak.

6pak Adapter Packs

Accessories

6pak without fiber

6pak with fiber

Description

Compression fittingRadius limiters (set of 2 for use with rack mount panels)Strength member tie-off kitNEMA box access toolCable clampBonding grounding kitLock and Key Type ALock and Key Type B

Mini-splice trays(used only in 12-position, wall mount box)Bare fusionHeat shrink fusionRotary FibrLok®

Northern Telecom QPAK

Standard splice traysBare fusionHeat shrink fusionMechanical (Elastomeric)RotaryFibrLok®

Northern Telecom QPAKRaychem universal chip

Catalog Number

FL1-ACC001FL1-ACC002FL1-ACC003ACE/AGX-KEYFL2-ACC007FL2-ACC006IPA-K1IPA-K2

FL1-M-FTFL1-M-HSFL1-M-RTFL1-M-3MFL1-M-NT

FST-FTFST-HSFST-MTFST-RTFST-3MFST-NTFST-RCM

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Page 40: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

34w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

FL2000 SystemIntroduction

Single Fiber Access Swing-out Bulkhead Allows Full Access

The FL2000 System is a flexible, modular and economical series of fiber productsdesigned for mounting into ETSI cabinets with either 19" or ETSI mounting.

FL2000 Rack MountTermination Panel (Empty)

FL2000 Rack MountTermination Panel with IFC

FL2000 Rack MountTermination/Splice Panel

(Empty)

6pak Adapter Packs

Features

• A complete line of modular panels and boxes, developed for cabinet,rack and wall mounting.

• Fully adaptable for large or small main distribution frame (MDF),intermediate distribution frame (IDF) or telephone closet (TC) applications.

• Designed for 19-inch (48.26 cm) EIA rack or cabinet environment foundin many enterprise networks; optional brackets are available toaccommodate ETSI rack or cabinet mounting.

• Provides termination, splicing and storage capabilities for in-buildingcables, outside plant cables and fiber optic terminal (FOT) equipmentpatch cords.

• Modular design offers maximum flexibility to satisfy both current needsand future growth requirements.

• A full line of options and accessories ensures compatibility with existing optical equipment.

• FL2000 systems accommodate Value-Added Modules, adding flexibilityand functionality to the optical transport systems. Splitters, wavelengthdivision multiplexers (WDMs) and other optical components can be easilyincorporated.

• All FL2000 panels and boxes accommodate the modular FL2000 6pakplug-ins. 6paks are available in all connector styles and can be ordered as needed.

• ADC’s patented removable angled retainers allow easy access for single fiber maintenance.

• FL2000 panels and boxes feature superior vertical cable protection and management.

• Rack mount panels are hinged on one side, allowing full access to therear of the front plate and the interior of the panel.

• Rack mount panels are equipped with mounting brackets to provide12.7cm (5-inch) recess mounting; mounting brackets are available forvirtually any mounting application.

• Rack mount panels can be wall mounted.

• The new FL2000 splice wheel allows easy roll-up of pigtail and buffer tube lengths and superior bend radius protection.

• The FL2000 splice deck is available to complete existing installations.

Page 41: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

35w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Features

• Available with factory-installed multifiber intrafacility cable (IFC) or OSP cable

• Panels with multifiber cable attached ship as a single unit with cable clamp installed

• Panels come equipped with customer specifiednumber of adapters, retainers, connectors,cable type and cable length

• Panels with multifiber cable attached savecostly installation time

• Simplifies ordering process by allowing onepart number for the panel, adapters,connectors and cable

• Multiple mounting styles available

Fiber Panel Data

• Termination

• Preloaded with multifiber cable

FL2000 Rack or Cabinet Mount PanelsPreconfigured Termination Panels with Multifiber Cable

Ordering information appears on next page.

Page 42: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

36w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2 36

FL2000 Rack or Cabinet Mount Panels Preconfigured Termination Panels with Multifiber Cable

SCDuplex SCST®

LX.5®1

LC1

Ultra PCFCFC with zirconia adapterFC 8° angled polishUltra PCSCSC with zirconia adapterSC 8° angled polishDuplex SCUltra PCSTST® with zirconia adapterE-2000 8° angled polishLX.5®1 LC1

FC Hybrid (FC connector on front; SC connector on back of bulkhead)ST® Hybrid (ST® connector on front; SC connector on back of bulkhead)

SM

SinglemodeMultimode

Panel Type

123479

12-position 1.75" (4.45cm) (1RU)24-position 3.5" (8.89 cm) (2RU)36-position 5.25" (13.34 cm) (3RU)48-position 5.25" (13.34 cm) (3RU)72-position 8.75" (22.23 cm) (5RU)96-position 10.5" (26.67 cm) (6RU)

Nominal Capacity Panel Height

Multimode9D5Y6Singlemode2LF7NJE4PKX81

3

Connector Style

123479AZYXW

12 24 364872 96 144 2 x 12 2 x 242 x 362 x 48

Cable Size

MultimodeCSinglemodeAFGHJKMTL

IFC stranded 62.5/125

IFC stranded riser-ratedPlenum strandedOSP single armor strandedIndoor-outdoor strandedOSP dielectric strandedIFC stranded Maxi-StripIFC ribbon riser-ratedOSP dielectric ribbonOSP armored ribbon

Cable Type

XXX Cable length (meters)

Length in Meters

A

B

CDEFH

19" (48.26 cm) standard (19.6" [49.78 cm] overall) 19" (48.26 cm) maximum (19" [48.26 cm] overall) 19" (48.26 cm) flush mount 23" (58.42 cm) centered 23" (58.42 cm) with oversized VCGETSI flush mount600 mm

Mounting Style2

UD

UpDown

Cable Exit Direction

FL2 - __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ - __ __ __ __

Catalog Number

0 0

1 LX.5® and LC connectors and adapters double the capacity of the panel by terminating two fibers at each adapter.2 Mounting kit shipped unattached, if other than standard mounting style.

01256

StandardHole PlugScrewdriverK1 LockK2 Lock

Latch Type

Please see pages 49-51 for mounting instructions.

Page 43: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

37w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2 37

FL2000 Rack or Cabinet Mount PanelsPreconfigured Termination Panels with Pigtails

R Termination only

Panel Type

123479

12-position 1.75" (4.45 cm) (1U)24-position 3.5" (8.89 cm) (2U)36-position 5.25" (13.34 cm) (3U)48-position 5.25" (13.34 cm) (3U)72-position 8.75" (22.23 cm) (5U)96-position 10.5" (26.67 cm) (6U)

Nominal Capacity Panel Height

1 LX.5® and LC connectors and adapters double the capacity of the panel by terminating two fibers at each adapter.2 For use with LX.5® and LC.3 Mounting kit shipped unattached, if other than standard mounting style.

FL2 -

Catalog Number

1 2 30 0 0-

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

APHRKY

Adapters only6-fiber softwall bundle6-fiber Maxi-Strip12-fiber ribbon12-fiber softwall bundle2 12-fiber Maxi-Strip2

01256

LatchHole plugScrewdriverK1 lockK2 lock

Latch Type

12

Pigtail or Adapter Type

Number of Ports Loaded

A

B

CDEFH

19" (48.26 cm) standard (19.6" [49.78 cm] overall) 19" (48.26 cm) maximum (19" [48.26 cm] overall) 19" (48.26 cm) flush mount 23" (58.42 cm) centered 23" (58.42 cm) with oversized VCGETSI flush mount600 mm

Mounting Style3

0

SCDuplex SCST®

LX.5®1

LC1

Ultra PCFCFC with zirconia adapterFC 8° angled polishUltra PCSCSC with zirconia adapterSC 8° angled polishDuplex SCUltra PCSTST® with zirconia adapterE-2000 8° angled polishLX.5®1 LC1

FC hybrid (FC connector on front; SC connector on back of bulkhead)ST® hybrid (ST® connector on front; SC connector on back of bulkhead)

Multimode9D5Y6Singlemode2LF7NJE4PKX81

3

Connector Style

4.95"(12.58 cm)

10.14"(25.76 cm)

19.60"(49.79 cm)

5.25"(13.34 cm)

Page 44: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

38w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2 38

FL2000 Rack or Cabinet Mount PanelsPreconfigured Termination/Splice Panels with Pigtails

PNT1

PNT1

10.14"(25.76 cm)

4.95"(12.58 cm)

19.60"(49.79 cm)

5.25"(13.34 cm)

C Termination/Splice

Panel Type

12479

12-position 3.5" (8.89 cm) (2U)24-position 5.25" (13.34 cm) (3U)48-position 8.75" (22.23 cm) (5U)72-position 14.00" (35.56 cm) (8U)96-position 17.50" (44.45 cm) (10U)

Nominal Capacity Panel Height

FL2 -

Catalog Number

1 2 30 -

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

0MW

12

37

8

None or N/AMechanical (wheel)Heat shrinkfusion (wheel)Bare fusion (deck)Heat shrink fusion (deck)Mechanical (deck)Raychem universal (deck)Nortel (deck)

Splice Type

12

MN

Mechanical (wheel)Nortel (wheel)

Splice Type2

Number of Ports Loaded

Number of Splice Decks

A

B

CDE

FH

19" (48.26 cm) standard (19.6" [49.78 cm] overall) 19" (48.26 cm) maximum (19" [48.26 cm] overall) 19" (48.26 cm) flush mount 23" (58.42 cm) centered 23" (58.42 cm) with oversized VCGETSI flush mount600 mm

Mounting Style3

1 LX.5® and LC connectors and adapters double the capacity of the panel by terminating two fibers at each adapter.2 For use with LX.5® and LC.3 Mounting kit shipped unattached if other than standard mounting style.

0 2

1 clamp (standard)2 clamps

Number of Cable Clamps

01256

LatchHole plugScrewdriverK1 lockK2 lock

Latch Type

AP

HRK

Y

Adapters only6-fiber softwall bundle 6-fiber Maxi-Strip 12-fiber ribbon12-fiber softwall bundle 2

12-fiber Maxi-Strip2

Pigtail or Adapter Type

SCDuplex SCST®

LX.5®1

LC1

Ultra PCFCFC with zirconia adapterFC 8° angled polishUltra PCSCSC with zirconia adapterSC 8° angled polishDuplex SCUltra PCSTST® with zirconia adapterE-2000 8° angled polishLX.5®1 LC1

FC hybrid (FC connector on front; SC connector on back of bulkhead)ST® hybrid (ST® connector on front; SC connector on back of bulkhead)

Multimode9D5Y6Singlemode2LF7NJE4PKX81

3

Connector Style

Page 45: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

39w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

FL2000 Rack Mount PanelsTermination Panels with MTRJ Connectors

FL2- __ __ __ 0 __ __ __ A 0 - 0 __ __ 0

Panel Type

Catalog Number

R Termination only rack mount

Nominal Capacity/Panel Height1 12-position putty/1.75" (1RU)2 24-position putty/3.5" (2RU)3 36-position putty/5.25" (3RU)4 48-position putty/5.25" (3RU)7 72-position putty/8.75" (5RU)9 96-position putty/10.5" (6RU)A 12-position black/1.75" (1RU)B 24-position black/3.5" (2RU)C 36-position black/5.25" (3RU)D 48-position black/5.25" (3RU)E 72-position black/8.75" (5RU)F 96-position black/10.5" (6RU)

Adapter StyleM MTRJ

(pass through adapters only)S MTRJ workstation jack (putty)B MTRJ secure keyed jack (blue)G MTRJ secure keyed jack (green)H MTRJ secure keyed jack (yellow)W MTRJ secure keyed jack (red)

Pigtail or Adapter TypeA Adapters only

Latch Type0 Standard1 Hole plug2 Screwdriver3 K3 lock4 K4 lock5 K1 lock6 K2 lock

Mounting StyleA 19" standard

(19.6" overall)B 19" maximum

(19.0" overall)C 19" flush mountD 23" centeredE 23" oversized VCG

Number of Cable Clamps0 0 clamps (standard)

Fiber Connections*012 12 024 24036 36048 48072 72096 96144 144192 192

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

* Each position = 2 fiberconnections (e.g., 24-position panel fully loadedwith MTRJ = 48 fiberconnections).

Features

• Superior vertical cable protection and management

• Panels come preconfigured (6paks installed)

• Panels hinged on one side, allowing full access to the rear of the frontplate and the interior of the panel

• Equipped with mounting brackets to provide 5-inch recess mounting;mounting brackets available for virtually any mounting application

• Complete line of accessories, including locks for security

Page 46: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

40w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Features

• Mounting- 19-inch (48.26 cm) EIA rack or cabinets,

standard 12.7 cm ( 5") recess- Wall mounting option available- Other mounting kits available.

Please see pages 49-51.

• Hinged on left front side; allows full access to rear of front plate and interior of panel

• FL2000 6pak adapter packs ordered separately

• Constructed of high strength aluminum

• Equipped with removable metal doors withPlexiglas windows

• Designation labels included with each panel

• Complete line of accessories including locks for security

Fiber Panel Data

• Fiber capacity*: 12, 24, 36, 48, 72 & 96

• Termination

• Pigtail storage

4.95"(12.58 cm)

10.14"(25.76 cm)

19.60"(49.79 cm)

5.25"(13.34 cm)

FL2000 Rack or Cabinet Mount PanelsEmpty Termination Panels

Description

Rack or cabinet mount termination panelIncludes vertical cable management trough

12-fiber capacity24-fiber capacity36-fiber capacity48-fiber capacity72-fiber capacity96-fiber capacity

AccessoriesWall mount bracket -

Needed for 12 fiber capacity panel only

Cable clamp kit - One per cable recommendedOuter diameter .2" to .8" Outer diameter .7" to 1.0" Cable clamp kit for 12 fiber capacity panel only

Bonding/grounding kitFor mounting kits and additionalaccessories, see pages 47-51

Catalog Number1

FL2-12RPNLFL2-24RPNLFL2-36RPNLFL2-48RPNLFL2-72RPNLFL2-96RPNL

FL2-ACC008

FL2-ACC007FL2-ACC021FL2-ACC033

FL2-ACC006

Panel Height

4.45 cm (1.75")8.89 cm (3.50")13.34 cm (5.25")13.34 cm (5.25")22.23 cm (8.75")26.67 cm (10.50")

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

1.75" (4.45 cm)

3.50" (8.89 cm)

5.25" (13.34 cm)

8.75" (22.23 cm)

10.50" (20.67 cm)

1 Panels with right front hinge and VCG are also available, although they are not standard products. To order a panel with right front hinge and VCG , add “-R” after the catalog number. Example: FL2-12RPNL-R.

24-Fiber Capacity

72-Fiber Capacity

96-Fiber Capacity

*All panels can double capacity with LX.5® adapters

Page 47: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

41w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

SPLICE CHIP(S)(HEAT SHRINK SHOWN)

SPLICE DECK

TOP SIDE

BOTTOM SIDE

CLEAR COVERS

Splice Wheel withSplice Chip

Splice Deck with Splice Chip

Catalog Number1

FL2-48SPNL2FL2-96SPNL2FL2-144SPNL2

FST-DRS12-HSFST-DRS12-MTFST-DRS24-NT

FL2-48SPNLFL2-96SPNLFL2-144SPNL

FL2-RSPLCE-HSFL2-RSPLCE-MTFL2-RSPLCE-FTFL2-RSPLCE-NT

FL2-ACC007FL2-ACC021

Panel Height

3.5" (8.89 cm)7" (17.78 cm)

8.75" (22.23 cm)

3.5" (8.89 cm) 7" (17.78 cm)

8.75" (22.23 cm)

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

Splice panel for splice wheel(Accepts splice wheel only)

48 fiber capacity96 fiber capacity144 fiber capacity

Splice wheel with splice chipHeat shrink fusionMechanicalNortel

Splice panel for splice deck for existing installations(Also accepts splice wheel)

48 fiber capacity96 fiber capacity144 fiber capacity

Splice deck with splice chip for existing installations

Heat shrink fusionMechanicalBare fusionNortel

Cable clamp kit (kit of 1)Outer diameter .2" to .8" (.5 cm to 2 cm)Outer diameter .7" to 1.0" (1.8 cm to 2.54 cm)

FL2000 Rack or Cabinet Mount PanelsEmpty Splice Panels

Features

• Offers combination of splicing protection andassociated fiber/pigtail storage

• Splice panel can be mounted in conjunctionwith any FL2000 termination panel or as astand-alone splice panel

• Occupies same footprint and offers samemounting options as FL2000 termination panels

• Accepts the new ADC splice wheel for efficientmanagement of fiber cable and splice protection

• Accepts the traditional ADC splice deck

Fiber Panel Data

• Fiber capacity: 48, 96, 144

• Splice

• Pigtail storage

For mounting kits and additional accessories, see pages 47-51.1 Panels with right front hinge and VCG are also available, although they are not standard product. To

order a panel with right VCG, add “-R” after the catalog number. Example: FL2-48SPNL-R.

3.50"(8.89 cm)

10.14"(25.76 cm)

4.95"(12.58 cm)

19.60"(49.79 cm)

Page 48: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

42w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Catalog Number1

FL2-12TS350FL2-24TS525FL2-48TS875FL2-72TS140FL2-96TS175

FST-DRS12-HSFST-DRS12-MTFST-DRS24-NT

FL2-RSPLCE-HSFL2-RSPLCE-MTFL2-RSPLCE-FTFL2-RSPLCE-NT

Panel Height

3.5" (8.89 cm)5.25" (13.34 cm)8.75" (22.23 cm)14" (35.56 cm)

17.5" (44.45 cm)

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

FL2000 Rack or Cabinet Mount PanelsEmpty Termination/Splice Panels

Features

• Mounting

- 19-inch (48.26 cm) EIA racks or cabinets, standard 5-inch (12.7 cm) recess

- Wall mounting option available

- Other mounting kits available. Please seepages 49-51

• Hinged on left front side for complete accessto interior of termination section

• Ability to quickly and easily configure, utilizingthe 6pak assemblies (ordered separately)

• Complete line of accessories including locks for security

• Uses ADC splice wheels or splice decks

Fiber Panel Data

• Termination

• Splice

• Pigtail storage

Description

Termination/splice panel12-position24-position48-position72-position96-position

Splice wheel with splice chipHeat shrink fusionMechanicalNortel

Splice eeck with splice chipHeat shrink fusionMechanicalBare fusionNortel

5.25"(13.34 cm)

19.60"(49.79 cm)10.14"

(25.76 cm)

4.95"(12.58 cm)

1 Panels with right front hinge and VCG are also available, although they are not standard product.To order a panel with right front hinge and VCG, add “-R” after the catalog number. Example: FL2-24TS525-R.

48-Position

96-Position

24-Position

Page 49: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

43w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

FL2000 Slack Storage Solutions

Features

• Provides jumper storage for 3 mm patch cords– one patch cord per disk

• Stores 3.8 meters (12.5') of patch cord in each disk

Fiber Panel Data

• Patch cord storage

• Rack/cabinet mount

• Wall mount

10.14"(25.76 cm)

4.95"(12.58 cm)

5.25"(13.34 cm)

19.60"(49.79 cm)

ROTATE TOREMOVE SLACK

Catalog Number

FL2-16FSD525

FL2-28FSD875

Dimensions (HxWxD)

5.25" x 19" x 10.19"(13.34 x 48.26 x 25.81 cm)

8.75" x 19" x 10.19"(22.23 x 48.26 x 25.81 cm)

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

Fiber Storage Disk

16 disks

24 disks

Fiber Storage Disk

Features• Provides jumper storage for 3 mm patch cords

• Stores 33 m (110') of patch cord in each tray

Fiber Panel Data• Patch cord storage

• Rack/cabinet mount

Catalog Number

FL2-CST60525

Dimensions (HxWxD)

5.25" x 19" x 10.19"(13.34 x 48.26 x 25.81 cm)

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

Fiber Storage Tray

6 trays

Fiber Storage Tray

4.95 in(12.58 cm)

10.18 in(25.86 cm)

19.60 in(49.79 cm)

5.25 in(13.34 cm)

Page 50: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

44w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

FL2000 Slack Storage Solutions

Features

• Mounts horizontally in a bay to managejumper storage

• May be modified for flush or wall mount applications

• Stores up to 75 meters of cable

19.60"(49.79 cm)

5.25"(13.34 cm)

4.95"(12.58 cm)

Horizontal Interbay Management Panel

Catalog Number

FL2-HZSTORE

FL2-HZSTORE-600

FL2-HZSTORE-FLMT

FL2-HZSTORE-WMNT

Description

Horizontal interbay management panel

Horizontal interbay management panel for 600 mmcentered mounting

Horizontal interbay management panel for flushmounting

Wall bracket for wall mounting

Catalog Number

FL2-2RSTORE

FL2-6RSTORE

FL2-TR2000

Features

• Mounts with FL2000 termination panels to provide jumper storage

• Wall, rack, or cabinet mount

• Utilizes unique storage decks for patch cord storage

• Each storage deck accommodates up to 32 meters (105') of 3 mm cable

Description

Storage deck panels (storage decks ordered separately)

2 storage deck capacity; 3.5" x 19" x 10.19" (8.89 x 48.26 x 25.81 cm)

6 storage deck capacity; 8.75" x 19" x 10.19"(22.23 x 48.26 x 25.81 cm)

Storage deck

Storage Deck Top View

FL2000 Storage Deck Panel Front View

4.95"(12.58 cm)

10.14"(25.76 cm)

3.50"(8.89 cm)

19.60"(49.79 cm)

Storage Deck Panel

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Page 51: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

45w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2 45

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Features

• Completely interchangeable between FL2000panel and wall box products

• Can be ordered with all standard types ofsimplex and duplex single and multimodeadapters and connectors

• Feature ADC’s patented removable angledretainers which provide superior fiber management

• No tools required to install into FL2000 boxesor panels

• Can be ordered with adapters only, or forquick and easy installation, with preterminated3 meter (9.84') or 5 meter (16.4') pigtails

6pak Blank Plug-In

FL2000 6pak Adapter Packs

6pak (shown with singlemode simplex adapters)

6pak (shown withmulitmode simplex adapters)

6pak (shown with singlemode duplex adapters)

6pak (shown withmultimode duplex adapters)

6pak (shown withmultimode LX.5® adapters)

6pak (shown with singlemode LX.5® adapters)

Description

MultimodeSCST®

FCSC (duplex)SC, zirconiaST®, zirconiaFC, zirconiaLX.5®

LC

SinglemodeSCST®

FCSC (duplex)FC with 8° angled polishSC with 8° angled polishSC, zirconiaST®, zirconiaFC, zirconiaE-2000, angled polishLX.5®

LCHybrid: FC front, SC backHybrid: ST® front, SC back

6pak blank plug-in

Catalog Number

FL2-6PMMSCFL2-6PMMSTFL2-6PMMFCFL2-6PMMDSCFL2-6PMMSC-ZFL2-6PMMST-ZFL2-6PMMFC-ZFL2-6PMMLXFL2-6PMMLC

FL2-6PSMSCFL2-6PSMSTFL2-6PSMFC FL2-6PSMDSCFL2-6PSMAFCFL2-6PSMASCFL2-6PSMSC-ZFL2-6PSMST-ZFL2-6PSMFC-ZFL2-6PSMAE2FL2-6PSMALXFL2-6PSMLCFL2-6PSMFC/SCFL2-6PSMST/SC

FL2-6PBLNK

Page 52: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

46w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2 46

Features

• Available with preterminated 3 meter (9.84') or 5 meter (16.4') pigtails

• Pigtails consist of a single outer jacket containing six color-coded 900 µm fibers

• One end of pigtail terminated to chosen connector style and installed into the 6pak adapter pack

• ADC recommends specific breakouts for paneland wall mount box products

• Saves installation time

Multimode Pigtails and Adapters

FL2 - 6P __ __ __ __ __ __ __

Catalog Number

Fiber Type

CD

StrandedMaxi-Strip

Length (in meters)

03W

05R

3 m (9.84') pigtail for wall mount boxes5 m (16.4') pigtail for rack mount panels

6

FL2 - 6P __ __ __ __ __ __ __

Catalog Number

Length (in meters)

03W

05R

3 m (9.84') pigtailfor wall mount boxes5 m (16.4') pigtail for rack mount panels

6

Fiber SizeSinglemode

Fiber Size

MultimodeConnector Style

59ADY6

BC

ST®

SCFCDuplex SCLX.5®1

LC1

Multimode 62.5/125Multimode 50/125

S

CB

S

SinglemodeConnector Style

Duplex SCUltra PCFC Ultra PCSTUltra PCSCPCFC 8° angled polishPCSC 8° angled polishE-2000 angled polishLX.5®1

LC1

FC hybrid (FC connector on front; SC connector on back of bulkhead)ST® hybrid (ST® connector on front; SC connector on back of bulkhead)

E247FJKX81

3

FL2000 6pak with SC adapters and pigtails

Singlemode Pigtails and Adapters

1 LX.5® and LC 6paks are loadedwith 12 fiber pigtails

1 LX.5® and LC 6paks are loaded with12 fiber pigtails

FL2000 6pak Adapter Packs

Page 53: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

47w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Locks

Catalog Number

IPA-K1IPA-K2

UEGP-7PW

FL2-ACC011FL2-ACC012FL2-ACC051

FL2-ACC006

FL2-ACC007FL2-ACC021

FL2-ACC033

FL2-BLNKVCG0350FL2-BLNKVCG0875FL2-BLNKVCG1050

FL2-BLNKFULL0350FL2-BLNKFULL0525FL2-BLNKFULL0700FL2-BLNKFULL0875FL2-BLNKFULL1050

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

Locks for rack mount panelsKey lock #1; includes lock and key #1Key lock #2; includes lock and key #2

End guards7' H x 12" W x 29/16" D; right or left side;

putty white

Lower cable trough14" H x 19" W x 5" D7" H x 19" W x 5" D7" H x 600 mm (23.6") x 5" D

Bonding/grounding kit – kit of 1

Cable clamp kit – kit of 1Outer diameter .2" to .8"Outer diameter .7 to 1.0"

Cable clamp kit – For use with 12 fiber termination or termination/splice panels

Blank VCG to add cable management toframe not fully loaded

3.5" (8.89 cm)8.75" (22.23 cm)10.5" (26.67 cm)

Blank VCG with blank panel for aesthetics3.5" (8.89 cm)5.25" (13.34 cm)7.0" (17.78 cm)8.75" (22.23 cm)10.5" (26.67 cm)

12"

7'

2.5"

CLAMP BRACKET

RUBBER GROMMETS

CLAMP YOKES (2) PLATE NUTS (2)

COVER

End Guard UEGP-7PW

14" Lower Cable TroughFL2-ACC011

7" Lower Cable TroughFL2-ACC012

Bonding/Grounding Kit

Cable Clamp Kit

Blank VCGFL2-BLNKFULL0875

FL2000 Rack Mount PanelsAccessories

Page 54: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

48w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Catalog Number

E-501-L139

FL2-EUROIMP-26-600-A

FL2-EUROIMP-67

FL2-EUROIMP-REAR

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

Interbay Management Panel (IMP) for 19"or 23" (48.26 or 58.42 cm) racks

7' x 5"

Interbay Management Panels (IMP) andInner IMPs for 600 mm and 800 mmcabinets and racks

26" (66.04 cm) high IMP for 600 mmracks/cabinets

Full IMP for use in 800 x 800 mm cabinetwith 19" (48.26 cm) mounting

Full IMP to install on rear side of 600 x 600 mm cabinet

Interbay Management Panel E-501-L139

FL2000 Rack Mount PanelsAccessories

Page 55: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

49w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

5.00"

15.912"(40.42 cm)

17.50"(44.45 cm)

(12.70 cm)5.00"

(12.70 cm)

(4.93 cm)1.94"

6.65"(16.89 cm)

(47.82 cm)18.83"

Rear Guard Box (optional with some racks)

Rack shownas reference

Catalog Number

FL2-FLMT0175FL2-FLMT0350FL2-FLMT0525FL2-FLMT0700FL2-FLMT0875FL2-FLMT1050

Panel Height

1.75" (4.45 cm)3.5" (8.89 cm)5.25" (13.34 cm)7" (17.78 cm)8.75" (22.23 cm)10.5" (26.67 cm)

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

Flush Mount

Allows 1", 2" or 4" (2.54, 5.08 or 10.16 cm)recess mounting

Kit includes: new vertical cable guide andmounting flanges

FL2000 Mounting Options19" (48.26 cm) Rack Mounting

Standard Mount (as shipped)

Flush Mount

Features

• Panels typically shipped from factory equippedfor this mounting

17.50"(44.45 cm)

(12.70 cm)5.00"

(12.70 cm)5.00"

21.88"(55.58 cm)

19.60"(48.26 cm)

18.31"(46.51 cm)

Rear Guard Box(optional with some racks)

Rack shownfor reference

Features

• Panels shipped with

- Left-side “L” bracket

- Left-side 2.5" (6.32 cm) wide vertical cableguide (VCG)

Page 56: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

50w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

19" Maximum Mounting

5.00" 5.00"

2.93"

4.95"

10.14"(25.76 cm)

17.50"(44.45 cm)

(12.58 cm)

21.88"(55.58 cm)

(12.70 cm)(12.70 cm)

(48.26 cm)19.00

18.31"(46.51 cm)

RACK SHOWNFOR REFERENCE

REAR GUARD BOX(OPTIONAL WITH SOME RACKS)

New VCG with integrated mounting holes

FL2000 Mounting Options19" (48.26 cm) Rack Mounting

Catalog Number

FL2-19MAX0175FL2-19MAX0350FL2-19MAX0525FL2-19MAX0700FL2-19MAX0875FL2-19MAX1050FL2-19MAX1400FL2-19MAX1750

Panel Height

1.75" (4.45 cm)3.5" (8.89 cm)5.25" (13.34 cm)7" (17.78 cm)8.75" (22.23 cm)10.5" (26.67 cm)14" (35.56 cm)17.5" (44.45 cm)

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

19" Maximum

Allows entire panel to be containedwithin frame footprint

Kit includes: new vertical cable guidewith integrated mounting holes

Page 57: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

51w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

FL2000 Mounting Options19" ETSI and 600 mm Mounting

Catalog Number

FL2-ETEB0175FL2-ETEB0350FL2-ETEB0525FL2-ETEB0700FL2-ETEB0875FL2-ETEB1050FL2-ETEB1400FL2-ETEB1700

Panel Height

1.75" (4.45 cm)3.5" (8.89 cm)5.25" (13.34 cm)7.0" (17.78 cm)8.75" (22.23 cm)10.5" (26.67 cm)14" (35.56 cm)17.5" (44.45 cm)

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

19" ETSI MountingKit includes mounting brackets

3.02"

5.00"

4.85" (12.70 cm)

(12.32 cm)

(12.70 cm)5.00"

(7.67 cm)

21.22"(53.99 cm)

20.276"(51.50 cm)

21.88"(55.58 cm)

Catalog Number

FL2-600MM0175FL2-600MM0350FL2-600MM0525FL2-600MM0700FL2-600MM0875FL2-600MM1050FL2-600MM1400FL2-600MM1750

Panel Height

1.75" (4.45 cm)3.5" (8.89 cm)

5.25" (13.34 cm)7.0" (17.78 cm)8.75" (22.23 cm)10.5" (26.67 cm)14" (35.56 cm)

17.5" (44.45 cm)

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

600 mm MountingKit includes mounting brackets

23.35"(59.31 cm)

4.0"(10.16 cm)

4.0"(10.16 cm)

17.72"(45.01 cm)

4.95"(12.57 cm)

3.53"(8.97 cm)

15.27"(38.79 cm) Rack Shown

as Reference

Rear Guard Box(Optional with Some Racks)

600 mm Mounting

19" ETSI Mounting

Page 58: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

52w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

• Accommodates ADC VAM plug-in modules in FL2000 installations• 19-inch rack mount• Vertical cable guides included

19.0"(48.26 cm)

5.0"(12.7 cm)

5.25"(13.34 cm)

10.14"(25.76 cm)

FL2000 VAM 9-Position Chassis

Description

VAM chassis

4 plug-in modules

6 plug-in modules

9 plug-in modules

WideVAM™ chassis

Chassis for 19" EIA mounting;accommodates 4 WideVAM plug-in modules

Chassis for 19" EIA mounting for 600mmskeleton bay; accommodates 4 WideVAMplug-in modules

Catalog Number

FL2-4VAM525

FL2-6VAM700

FL2-9VAM105

FL2-4WVAM3RU

FL2-4WVAM3RU-600

Dimensions (HxWxD)

5.25" x 19" x 10.14"(13.34 x 48.26 x 25.76 cm)

6" x 19" x 10.14"(15.24 x 48.26 x 25.76cm)

10.5" x 19" x 10.14"(26.67 x 48.26 x 25.76 cm)

5.25" x 19" x 10.14"(13.34 x 48.26 x 25.76 cm)

5.25" x 19" x 10.14"(13.34 x 48.26 x 25.76 cm)

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

19.0"(48.26 cm)

10.14"(25.76 cm)

10.47"(26.6 cm)

5.0"(12.7 cm)

FL2000 VAM 4-Position Chassis

Note: The FL2000 VAM system is designed to accept only front access modules; i.e., all input and output adapters,pigtails and/or bare fibers must be located on the front of the plug-in modules.

FL2000 SystemValue-Added Module System Chassis

10.15"(25.78 cm)

19.6"(49.78 cm)

5.22"(13.26 cm)

4.95"(12.57 cm)

FL2000 WideVAM™ 4-Position Chassis

Page 59: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

53w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

4-Inch Chassis – 6 Single Plug-In ModulesThe 4-inch VAM chassis fits into any 23-inch rackmounting environment. It accommodates a maximum ofsix plug-in modules, six bulkhead plates, six blank panelsor any combination thereof.Not for use in ADC’s FDF

FVM-23X400

Description

Unloaded chassis for 23" racks

Catalog Number*

FVM-23X400

Dimensions (HxWxD)

4.0" x 23" x 12" (10.16 x 58.42 x 30.48 cm)

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

3.5-Inch Chassis – 4 Single Plug-In ModulesThe 3.5-inch VAM chassis fits into any 19-inch rack mounting environment. It accommodates a maximum of four plug-in modules, four bulkhead plates, four blank panels or any combination thereof. Adjustable mountingbrackets are provided for 23-inch mounting environments.Not for use in ADC’s FDF

FVM-19X350

Description

Unloaded chassis for 19" or 23" racks

Dimensions (HxWxD)

3.5" x 19" or 23" x 12" (8.89 x 48.26 or 58.26 x 30.48 cm)

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

1.75-Inch Chassis – 2 Single Plug-In ModulesThe 1.75-inch VAM chassis fits into any 19-inch rackmounting environment. It accommodates a maximum oftwo plug-in modules, two bulkhead plates, two blankpanels or any combination thereof. Adjustable mountingbrackets are provided for 23-inch mounting environments.Not for use in ADC’s FDF

FVM-19X175

Description

Unloaded chassis for 19" or 23" racks; no front door

Dimensions (HxWxD)

1.75" x 19" or 23" x 12" (4.45 x 48.26 or 58.26 x 30.48 cm)

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number*

FVM-19X350

Catalog Number*

FVM-19X175

Value-Added Module SystemChassis used in Non-ADC Optical Distribution Frame

* This product is available in black; for this option, simply add “-BK” to the end of the catalog number.Please contact the Technical Assistance Center with any questions.

Page 60: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

54w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Value-Added Module System

IntroductionADC’s Value-Added Connector Module System (VAM System) adds flexibility and functionality to theoptical transport system by enabling telecommunications service providers to easily incorporate opticalcomponents into the network. This versatile platform lays the foundation for the fiber distribution frame of the future.

The VAM System consists of a variety of chassis and optical components that fit into all existing ADC fiberdistribution frames and various other mounting environments. Optical components may include:

• Splitters• Wavelength division multiplexers (WDMs)• Variable attenuators

Features and Benefits

VAM chassis and modules available for all ADC fiber frames One-stop shop for complete optical transport system requirements

Monitor testingEnables providers to troubleshoot networks without forcing disruption of service

Enclosed plug-in modulesOptical components are protected from physical and environmental damage

Angled retainersMaintains minimum bend radius of fiber patch cords

Horizontal mounted plug-in modulesModules can be added or removed from the chassis without interfering with existing terminated patch cords

Universal mounted plug-in modulesNo need to order different part numbers for left side or right side mounted modules

Extensive product labelingCustomers have all the information required for installation and maintenance without referring to the user manual or drawings

Flexible platformModules can be created for new applications quickly and easily to meet customer requirements

Module labeling systemSchematics are marked on peel-off labels that can be attached to the chassis designation labeling system

Custom configurations Custom splitter configurations available upon request, contact ADC

Standard VAMModule

WideVAM™ Module OMX™ VAMModule

LGX-compatibleVAM module

Page 61: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

55w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Value-Added Module SystemSplitter Modules

Catalog Number

Configurations

VAM Style

Input front, output frontInput rear, output front

25

Split Ratio**1x21x21x21x21x21x21x21x21x21x21x21x22x21x31x41x51x6

1x7

1x81x91x101x111x121x131x141x151x161x32

50/5055/4560/4065/3566.6/33.370/3075/2580/2085/1590/1095/599/150/5033/33/3325/25/25/2520/20/20/20/2016.6/16.6/16.6/16.6/16.6/16.614.3/14.3/14.3/14.3/14.3/14.3/14.312.5/12.5/...12.511.1/11.1/11.1/...11.110/10/10/...109.1/9.1/9.1/...9.18.33/8.33/8.33/...8.337.7/7.7/7.7/...7.77.14/7.14/7.14/...7.146.66/6.66/6.66/...6.666.25/6.25/6.25/...6.253.125/3.125/3.125/...3.125

OR

20002100220023002350240025002600270028002900295020303900490053006000

7000

80009000A110B111C112D113E114F115G116M132

Number of SplittersSingle splitterDual splitter (2)Triple splitter (3)

ABC

Output Connector/AdapterSinglemode

2U2A4U7U7A8ALALUKU00

FC ultra polishFC angled polishST® ultra polishSC ultra polishSC angled polishE-2000 angled polishLX.5® angled polishLX.5® ultra polishLC ultra polishBare fiber

Multimode**

2M2N5F5U9A9BLMLNPM00

FC 62.5/125FC 50/125ST® 50/125ST® 62.5/125SC 50/125SC 62.5/125LX.5® 62.5/125LX.5 50/125LC 62.5/125Bare fiber

Multimode**OR

2M2N5F5U9A9BLMLNPM00

FC 62.5/125FC 50/125ST® 50/125ST® 62.5/125SC 50/125SC 62.5/125LX.5® 62.5/125LX.5 50/125LC 62.5/125Bare fiber

Input Connector/AdapterSinglemode

FC ultra polishFC angled polishST® ultra polishSC ultra polishSC angled polishE-2000 angled polish LX.5® angled polishLX.5® ultra polishLC ultra polishBare fiber

2U2A4U7U7A8ALALUKU00

Standard VAM for FL2000 and non-ADC framesWideVAM™ for FL2000 WideVAM™ for non-ADC framesMiniVAM for NextGeneration Frames*For OMX™ 600 framesFor LGX-compatibleframes

VSM-

FLVW-SVSMW-

NGF-V

MXV-VLM-

Input Pigtail LengthExample (In Meters):01 = 1 m10 = 10 m00 = Adapters only on input and output ports

Output Pigtail Length

*MiniVAMs are not available with split ratios above 1x8 nor can they be configured with three splitters. They are not available with E-2000 connectors/adapters

**VAMs with multimode connectors/adapters can only be configured with 90/10 or uniform split (50/50) ratios.See page 58 for configuration illustrations. Please contact ADC for specifications and available split ratios.

Multimode couplers designed to be used with LED sources only. If you are using a different source, pleasecontact the ADC Technical Assistance Center for the appropriate solution.

Page 62: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

56w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Value-Added Module SystemWavelength Division Multiplexer Modules

A Single

ModuleConfiguration

Catalog Number

Mux Port Connector/Adapter

2U2A4U7U7A8ALALUKU00

FC ultra polishFC angled polishST® ultra polishSC ultra polishSC angled polishE-2000 angled polishLX.5® angled polishLX.5® ultra polishLC ultra polishBare fiber

Demux Port Pigtail Length

Configuration

VAM Style

Unidirectional multiplexerUnidirectional demultiplexerBidirectional λ1 Tx/λ2 RxBidirectional λ1 Rx/λ2 Tx45 dB isolation, pass 131045 dB isolation, pass 1550(Dual only) unidirectional multiplexer, unidirectional demultiplexer**(Dual only) bidirectional λ1 Tx/λ2 Rx, bidirectional λ2 Tx/λ1 Rx

ACEGJKL

M

WDM Type (λ1; λ2)

B DualC Triple

1 StandardIsolation*

2 High3 Very High

Mux Port Pigtail LengthExample (In Meters):01 = 1 m10 = 10 m00 = Adapters only on mux and demux ports

**WDM Type “L” includes (1) unidirectionalmultiplexer (standard isolation) and(1) unidirectional demultiplexer (isolation specified by next character)

*MiniVAMs are not available with E-2000 connectors/adapters

Wavelength

1310 (λ1)/1550 (λ2)1533 (λ1)/1557 (λ2)1310/1533/15571550 (λ1)/1625 (λ2)1310 (λ1)/1625 (λ2)

ABCEF

25

MUX front, DEMUX frontMUX rear, DEMUX front

Standard VAM forFL2000 and non-ADC framesWideVAM™ for FL2000WideVAM™ for non-ADC framesMiniVAM for NextGeneration Frames*For OMX™ 600 frames For LGX-compatible frames

WDM-

FLVW-W

WDMW-

NGF-W

MXV-W

VLM-W

Demux PortConnector/Adapter

2U2A4U7U7A8ALALUKU00

FC ultra polishFC angled polishST® ultra polishSC ultra polishSC angled polishE-2000 angled polishLX.5® angled polishLX.5® ultra polishLC ultra polishBare fiber

In the ordering charts, the abbreviation “mux” references the multiplexedside of the WDM, the side where two optical signals co-exist on one fiber.The abbreviation “demux” references the demultiplexed side of the WDM,the side where each signal appears on its own fiber. Both unidirectionaland bidirectional WDMs are available as shown below.

13101310 1550

1550

13101310 1550

1550

UNIDIRECTIONAL MULTIPLEXER BIDIRECTIONAL TRANSMISSION

DEMUX MUX

13101310 1550

1550

MUX DEMUX

DEMUX MUX

13101310 1550

1550

MUX DEMUX

UNIDIRECTIONAL DEMULTIPLEXER

See page 58 for configuration instructions. Please contact ADC for specifications.

Page 63: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

57w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Value-Added Module SystemMonitor Modules

Catalog Number

Input pigtail lengthExample (in meters):01 = 1 m10 = 10 m000 = Adapters onlyon input, output andmonitor ports

Monitor pigtail length

Output pigtail length

Splitter Ratio**

ABCEFHJK

90/1095/0550/5080/2075/2570/3060/4099/01

Module Style

Dual monitor cross-connectwith attenuator***Customer premisesDual monitor cross-connectDual monitor cross-connect

1

BDJ

Output ConnectorType Singlemode

2U2A4U7U7A8ALALUKU00

FC ultra polishFC angled polishST® ultra polishSC ultra polishSC angled polishE-2000 angled polishLX.5® angled polishLX.5® ultra polishLC ultra polishBare fiber

2M2N5F5U9A9BLMLNPM00

FC 62.5/125FC 50/125ST® 50/125ST® 62.5/125SC 50/125SC 62.5/125LX.5® 62.5/125LX.5® 50/125LC 62.5/125Bare fiber

Multimode**

Monitor ConnectorType Singlemode

2U2A4U7U7A8ALALUKU00

FC ultra polishFC angled polishST® ultra polishSC ultra polishSC angled polishE-2000 angled polishLX.5® angled polishLX.5® ultra polishLC ultra polishBare fiber

OR

OR

2M2NSF5U9A9BLMLNPM00

FC 62.5/125FC 50/125ST® 50/125ST® 62.5/125SC 50/125SC 62.5/125LX.5® 62.5/125LX.5® 50/125LC 62.5/125Bare fiber

Multimode**

Input ConnectorType Singlemode

VAM Style

2U2A4U7U7A8ALALUKU00

FC ultra polishFC angled polishST® ultra polishSC ultra polishSC angled polishE-2000 angled polishLX.5® angled polishLX.5® ultra polishLC ultra polishBare fiber

OR

2M2N5F5U9A9BLMLNPM00

FC 62.5/125FC 50/125ST® 50/125ST® 62.5/125SC 50/125SC 62.5/125LX.5® 62.5/125LX.5® 50/125LC 62.5/125Bare fiber

Multimode**

123

1 circuit2 circuits3 circuits

Number ofCircuits per VAM

*** This style cannot be used in NGF-M modules.

Standard VAM forFL2000 andnon-ADC framesWideVAM™ for FL2000WideVAM™ for non-ADC framesMiniVAM for NextGeneration Frames*For OMX™ 600 frames For LGX-compatible frames

VMM-

FLVW-M

VMMW-

NGF-M

MXV-MVLM-M

*MiniVAMs are not available with E-2000 connectors/adapters**VAMs with multimode connectors/adapters can only be configured with 90/10 or uniform split (50/50) ratios.See page 58 for configuration illustrations. Please contact ADC for specifications and available split ratios.

Multimode couplers designed to be used with LED sources only. If you are using a different source, pleasecontact the ADC Technical Assistance Center for the appropriate solution.

Page 64: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

58w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Value-Added Module System

IN OUT

REAR FRONT

Connectorized pigtail to OSPport on the fiber frame

Adapter to attach patch cord or pigtail to OSP port

Adapter to attachpatch cord to

equipment

SPLITTERCOMPONENTS

Connectorized pigtail (3 mm jacketed) to equipment or to port on frame

Stub fiber input spliced to equipment or OSP fibers

(2 mm jacketed)

2

IN OUT

FRONTREAR

OUTPUT

INPUT

OUTPUT

Input Front,Output Front

1 x N

IN OUT

Input Rear,Output Front5

REAR FRONT

OUTPUTOUTPUTINPUT 1 x N

Mux Rear,Demux Front5

REAR FRONT

2

FRONTREAR

Demux

Mux

Demux DemuxDemuxMux

Mux Front,Demux Front

WDM WDM

Dual MonitorCross-ConnectD

Tx

RxTx MON

Rx MON

Tx

Rx

SPLITTER90%

10%

SPLITTER90%

10%

Customer PremisesMonitor ModuleB

SRC Rx

CUST MON

SRC MON

CUST Rx

SRC Tx

CUST Tx

1 x 2SPLITTER A

1 x 2SPLITTER B

XX%

XX%

XX%

XX%

Dual Monitor Cross-Connect with Variable Attenuator1

Tx

Rx Mon

Tx Mon

Tx

Rx

1 x 2

1 x 2

Rx

VARATTN

Dual MonitorCross-ConnectJ

Tx

Mon Tx

Mon Rx

Rx

Rx SRC

Tx SRC

1 x 2

1 x 2

Splitter Modules

WDM Modules

Monitor Modules

REAR FRONT

Connectorizedpigtail

Adapter port

Adapterport

WDM

Connectorizedpigtail(3 mm

jacketed)

Bare pigtail(2 mm

jacketed)

Page 65: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

59w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Bulkhead Plates and Blanks

ADCADC ADC

ADC

VAM-BLNK VAM-6PBX

Description

Blank plateSix position bulkhead plates loaded with:

SinglemodeFC adaptersFC angled polish adaptersST® adaptersSC adaptersSC angled polish adapters(3) duplex SC adaptersE-2000 angled polish APC adapters

Multimode ST® adaptersSC adapters(3) duplex SC adapters

Catalog Number*

VAM-BLNK

VAM-6PB2VAM-A6PB2VAM-6PB4VAM-6PB7VAM-A6PB5VAM-D6PB7VAM-A6PB8

VAM-6PB5VAM-6PB9VAM-D6PB9

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

TerminatorsTerminator plugs should be ordered for each unterminated leg on ultra polish adapter ports. Forconfigurations with pigtails an adapter is also required.

Description

FC connectorST® connectorSC connector

Catalog Number

FOC-TERMFC-PFOC-TERMST-PFOC-TERMSC-P

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

* These products are available in black; for this option, simply add “-BK” to the end of the catalog number.Please contact the Technical Assistance Center with any questions.

Value-Added Module System

Page 66: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

60w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Singlemode Wideband Optical Splitter SpecificationsOther splitter configurations are available. Please call ADC Technical Assistance Center.

20002100220023002350240025002600270028002900295020303900490053006000700080009000A110B111C112D113E114F115G116M132

1x21x21x21x21x21x21x21x21x21x21x21x22x21x31x41x51x61x71x81x91x101x111x121x131x141x151x161x32

50/5055/4560/4065/3566.6./33.370/3075/2580/2085/1590/1095/599/150/5033/33/3325/25/25/2520/20/20/20/2016.6/16.6/ . . . 16.614.3/14.3/ . . . /14.312.5/12.5/ . . .12.511.1/11.1/ . . . /11.110/10/10 . . . /109.1/9.1/ . . . /9.18.3/8.3/ . . . /8.37.7/7.7/ . . . /7.77.14/7.14/ . . . /7.146.66/6.66/ . . . /6.666.25/6.25/ . . . 6.253.13/3.13/ . . . 3.13

3.7/3.73.2/4.12.7/4.72.3/5.32.2/5.52.0/6.01.6/6.81.3/7.81.0/9.2.8/11.2.5/14.40.3/22.53.7/3.75.9/5.9/5.97.4/7.4/7.4/7.48.6/8.6/8.6/8.6/8.69.8/9.8/9.8/ . . ./9.810.6/10.6/ . . . /10.611.3/11.3/ . . . /11.311.5/11.5/ . . . /11.512.1/12.1/ . . . /12.113.1/13.1/ . . . /13.113.3/13.3/ . . . /13.313.8/13.8/ . . . /13.813.8/13.8/ . . . /13.814.5/14.5/ . . . /14.514.9/14.9/ . . . 14.918.5/18.5/ . . . 18/5

3.1/3.12.7/3.62.3/4.12.0/4.71.9/5.01.7/5.41.4/6.21.1/7.1.8/8.4.6/10.2.4/13.2NA/NA3.1/3.15.0/5.0/5.06.2/6.2/6.2/6.27.3/7.3/7.3/7.3/7.38.1/8.1/8.1 . . . /8.18.9/8.9/ . . . /8.99.5/9.5/ . . ./9.59.9/9.9/ . . . /9.910.4/10.4/ . . . /10.410.9/10.9/ . . . /10.911.3/11.3/ . . . /11.311.6/11.6/ . . . /11.611.8/11.8/ . . . /11.812.4/12.4/ . . . /12.412.6/12.6/ . . . 12.615.8/15.8/ . . . 15.8

SplitterNumber

SplitterType

SplitterRatio

MaximumInsertion Loss*

Typical Insertion Loss*

* Does not include connector losses. See table on the following page or contact the ADC TechnicalAssistance Center.

Maximum Insertion Loss

Maximum insertion loss is the upper limit of insertion loss for the coupler and applies over the entirewavelength range specified in the bandpass.

Typical Insertion Loss

Typical insertion loss is the expected insertion loss value for the coupler measured at the specifiedcenter wavelength (i.e. 1310 nm and/or 1550 nm).

Value-Added Module System

Page 67: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

61w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

MATERIALFiber:Jacket:Housing:

OPTICALBandpass

Wavelength 1:Wavelength 2:

Directivity:Reflectance:Polarization Stability:

MECHANICALCable Retention:

Flex:Twist:Vibration:Impact:Flammability:

ENVIRONMENTALHumidity:Thermal Aging:Temperature Cycling:

Corning SMF-280.900 mm hytrel tubeStainless steel tube

1260/1360 nm1430/1580 nm55 dB minimum< -55 dB.5 dB maximum

.45 kg (1.0 lb.) maximum for .25 mm and .900 mm fiber, 1 kg (2.2 lbs.) maximum for cabled fiber assemblies

300 cycles; .45 kg (1.0 lb.) maximum load (fiber cable only)100 cycles; .45 kg (1.0 lb.) maximum load (fiber cable only)10-55 Hz per FOTP II condition I8 drops from 1.5 metersAll materials used in fabrication of coupler housing meet

UL 94, Level V-I requirements

336 hours, 60°C at 95% relative humidity336 hours, 85°C336 hours, -40°C to 85°C

Singlemode Optical Splitter Specifications

Value-Added Module System

Singlemode Optical Connector Specifications

Ultra Polish PC Connectors

Angled Polish Connectors

INSERTION LOSS

(dB)

0.3 dB maximum0.1 dB typical

0.5 dB maximum0.1 dB typical

RETURN LOSS

(dB)

57 dB minimum

65 dB minimum

Page 68: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

62w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Singlemode WDM SpecificationsMATERIAL

Fiber: Corning SMF-28Jacket: 0.900 mm

OPTICALUniformity: 1.0 Log2N (where N = number of channels)Polarization Stability: 0.5 dB maximumBandpass: (see table below)Insertion Loss: (see table below)Reflectance: < -55 dBIsolation

Near End: 55 dBFar End: (see table below)

MECHANICALCable Retention:

Flex: 45 kg (1.0 lb.) maximum for .250 mm and .900 mm fiber; Twist: 1.0 kg (2.2 lbs.) maximum for cabled fiber assembliesVibration: 10-55 Hz per FOTP II condition IImpact: 100 cycles; 8 drops from 1.5 metersFlammability: All materials used in fabrication of the coupler housing meet

UL 94, Level V-I requirements

ENVIRONMENTALHumidity Resistance: 336 hours, 60°C at 95% relative humidityThermal Aging: 336 hours, 85°CTemperature Cycling: 336 hours, -40°C to 85°C

Multiplexer/Demultiplexer:High Isolation Demultiplexer:Very High Isolation

Demultiplexer:Wavelength Filters:

1310/1550 nm MAXIMUM INSERTION LOSS* (dB)

0.30.7

1.0 0.3

MINIMUM ISOLATION (dB)

1530

45 15

PASSBAND(nm)

1310 ± 20 nm and 1550 ± 20 nm 1310 ± 20 nm and 1550 ± 20 nm

1310 ± 20 nm and 1550 ± 20 nm 1310 ± 20 nm and 1550 ± 20 nm

Unidirectional Multiplexer:High Isolation

Undirectional Multiplexeror Bidirectional Multiplexer/Demultiplexer:

Very High IsolationUndirectional Multiplexeror Bidirectional Multiplexer/Demultiplexer:

Filter Passing 1533 nm:Filter Passing 1557 nm:

1533/1557 nm MAXIMUM INSERTION LOSS* (dB)

0.9

1.8

2.10.90.9

MINIMUM ISOLATION (dB)

N/A

20

351313

PASSBAND(nm)

1533 ±3 and 1557 ±3 nm

1533 ±3 and 1557 ±3 nm

1533 ±3 and 1557 ±3 nm1533 ±3 nm1557 ±3 nm

* Maximum Insertion Loss does not include connector loss.

Value-Added Module System

Page 69: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

63w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Fiber Management TrayIntroduction

ADC’s fiber management trays provide a flexible, economical approach to handling your network’s mostvital elements by offering four different designs. Termination, termination/splicing, termination/storage,and slack storage designs are offered with ADC’s modular, all-front access trays.

Features

All-Front Access Design

Sliding radius limiters provide ultimate fibermanagement by addressing one of the most criticalelements of fiber cable management: bend radiusprotection. As fibers leave the tray, a speciallydesigned bell-shaped exit point provides maximumedge protection.

By controlling the movement of fibers within thetray, error-proof slack loop management ismaintained, ensuring 30 mm bend radius protectionwithin the tray. This is crucial in ensuring no fiberbreaks, which cause service failures and increasenetwork operations costs.

Sliding adapter packs allow easy access forconnecting jumpers and cleaning connectors,ensuring that any fiber can be installed or removedwithout inducing a macrobend on an adjacent fiber.That can mean the difference between a networkreconfiguration time of 20 minutes per fiber and oneof over 90 minutes per fiber.

These trays are lockable, further ensuring theintegrity of the fibers by greatly reducing the chancefor accidents.

Modular Design

The value of a single interface for performingmultiple tasks in your network cannot be denied. Byemploying a one-rack-unit modular tray, networktechnicians have ready access to terminating,splicing, and storing fiber. This one-stopmanagement approach means time saved and value added.

Page 70: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

64w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

24-Termination Only 32-Termination Only

Fiber Management Tray1 Rack Unit – Termination Only

Catalog Number

FMT-D __ __ 0 __ 0 __ 0 __ - __ __ __ __

Drawer Configuration

Connector/Adapter Style

Lock Type0 No lock1 Lock, key type 12 Lock, key type 2

2432

Mounting Style1

A 19"/5" recessC 19"/2.2" recessE 19"/40 mm recess2

F ETSI/40 mm recess2

Number of Ports

Faceplate ColorP Putty

Adapters LoadedA Adapters loaded0 No adapters

1 All 19" mounting brackets are reversible and canmount in EIA or WECO racks.

2 40 mm recess FMTs are equipped with a specialtrumpet sliding radius limiter. Other mounting stylescannot be used in 40 mm recess applications.

The termination-only fiber management tray provides termination for 24 or 32 fibers in an all-front-accessdesign. This tray mounts in 19-inch, 23-inch, or ETSI racks. Sliding radius limiters provide cablemanagement for incoming and outgoing fibers.

RT Termination only

Multimode5 ST®

9 SCSinglemode

1 FC hybrid (FC connector on front; SC connector on back of bulkhead)

2 FC ultra polish3 ST® hybrid (ST® connector on front;

SC connector on back of bulkhead)4 ST® ultra polish7 SC ultra polishF FC angled polishJ SC angled polishK E-2000 angled polishL FC with zirconia adapterM MTRJ feedthrough adapterN SC with zirconia adapterP ST® with zirconia adapter

Page 71: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

65w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Fiber Management Tray1 Rack Unit – Termination and Splice

12-Termination/Splice (right splice entry)

24-Termination/Splice (right splice entry)

24-Termination/Splice (right splice entry)

24-Termination/Splice (left splice entry)

Catalog Number

FMT - D __ __ 0 __ 0 __ __ __ - __ __ __ __

ConfigurationTL Term splice with splice tray

(left splice entry)TR Term splice with splice tray

(right splice entry)

Lock Type0 No lock1 Lock, key type 12 Lock, key type 2

Mounting Style1

A 19"/5" recessC 19"/2.2" recessE 19"/40 mm recess2

F ETSI/40 mm recess2

Number of Ports121624

Cable or Adapter TypeA Adapters only0 No adaptersC Multimode pigtails (50/125)K Multimode pigtails (62.5/125)U Singlemode Maxi-Strip pigtailsR Singlemode ribbon pigtails

Chip Style (mini splice tray)0 N/A2 Heat shrink3 Mechanical

Faceplate ColorP Putty

Connector/Adapter StyleMultimode5 ST®

9 SCSinglemode1 FC hybrid (FC connector on front;

SC connector on back of bulkhead)2 FC ultra polish3 ST® hybrid (ST® connector on front;

SC connector on back of bulkhead)4 ST® ultra polish7 SC ultra polishF FC angled polishJ SC angled polishK E-2000 angled polishL FC with zirconia adapterN SC with zirconia adapterP ST® with zirconia adapter 1 All 19" mounting brackets are reversible and can

mount in EIA and WECO racks.2 40 mm recess FMTs are equipped with a specialtrumpet sliding radius limiter. Other mounting stylescannot be used in 40 mm recess applications.

The termination and splice tray terminates andsplices 12, 16, or 24 fibers in an all-front-accessdesign. This tray mounts in 19-inch, 23-inch, orETSI racks. Sliding radius limiters provide cablemanagement for incoming and outgoing fibers.Panels loaded with pigtails come with color-coded900 micron pigtails.

Page 72: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

66w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Fiber Management Tray1 Rack Unit – Termination and Storage

12-Termination/Storage (universal storage)

16-Termination/Storage (universal storage)

24-Termination/Storage (left storage)

24-Termination/Storage (right storage)

Catalog Number

FMT-D __ __ 0 __ 0 __ 0 __ - __ __ __ __

ConfigurationSL Termination/storage (left storage)SR Termination/storage (right storage)ST Termination/storage (universal storage)

Lock Type0 No lock1 Lock, key type 12 Lock, key type 2

Mounting Style1

A 19"/5" recessC 19"/2.2" recessE 19"/40 mm recess2

F ETSI/40 mm recess2

Number of Ports12 Available with ST

configuration only16 Available with ST

configuration only24 Available with SR and SL

configurations only

Faceplate ColorP Putty

Adapters LoadedA Adapters loaded0 No adapters

Connector/Adapter StyleMultimode5 ST®

9 SCSinglemode1 FC hybrid (FC connector on front; SC

connector on back of bulkhead)2 FC ultra polish3 ST® hybrid (ST® connector on front; SC

connector on back of bulkhead)4 ST® ultra polish7 SC ultra polishF FC angled polishJ SC angled polishK E-2000 angled polishL FC with zirconia adapterM MTRJ feedthrough adaptersN SC with zirconia adapterP ST® with zirconia adapter

1 All 19" mounting brackets are reversible and canmount in EIA and WECO racks.2 40 mm recess FMTs are equipped with a specialtrumpet sliding radius limiter. Other mounting stylescannot be used in 40 mm recess applications.

The termination and storage tray terminates and stores 12, 16,or 24 fibers in an all-front-access design. This tray mounts in19-inch, 23-inch, or ETSI racks, while sliding radius limitersprovide cable management for incoming and outgoing fibers.

Page 73: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

67w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Fiber Management Tray1 Rack Unit – Slack Storage Panels

Catalog Number

FMT - D __ __ 0 0 0 00 __ - __ 00 __

Drawer ConfigurationBS Bulk storageDS Discrete storage

Lock Type0 No lock1 Lock, key type 12 Lock, key type 2

Mounting Style1

A 19"/5" recessC 19"/2.2" recessE 19"/40 mm recess2

F ETSI/40 mm recess2

Faceplate ColorP Putty

Bulk/Storage Drawer

Discrete/Storage Drawer

Capacity

Slack storage type 3 mm cable 2 mm cable 1.7 mm cable

Bulk 32 cables, 2.5 m each 48 cables, 2.5 m each 60 cables, 4 m each

Discrete 16 cables 1.7 m each 16 cables, 2 m each 16 cables 2.5 m each

1 All 19" mounting brackets are reversibleand can mount in EIA and WECO racks.2 40 mm recess FMTs are equipped with aspecial trumpet sliding radius limiter. Othermounting styles cannot be used in 40 mmrecess applications.

The slack storage tray offer bulk storage for up to 60 fibers, and discrete slack storage for up to 16 fibers.This all-front-access tray mounts in 19-inch, 23-inch, or ETSI racks. Sliding radius limiters provide cablemanagement for incoming and outgoing fibers.

Page 74: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

68w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Splicing OnlySplicing Only

Fiber Management Tray1 Rack Unit – Splicing Only

Catalog Number

FMT - DAS0000 __ __ - __ __ __ __

Mounting Style1

A 19"/5" recessC 19"/2.2" mm recessE 19"/40 mm recess2

F ETSI/40 mm recess2

Faceplate ColorP Putty

Number of Splices/Capacity12 1 tray24 2 trays

Splice Type0 None2 Heat shrink3 Mechanical

Lock Type0 No lock1 Lock, key type 12 Lock, key type 2

1 All 19" mounting brackets arereversible and can mount in EIAand WECO racks.2 40 mm recess FMTs are equippedwith a special trumpet slidingradius limiter. Other mountingstyles cannot be used in 40 mmrecess applications.

Page 75: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

69w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Fiber Management Tray1 Rack Unit – Termination and Splice Fixed Bulkhead

This configuration features fixed bulkhead style adapter plates and accommodates singlemode SC (ultrapolish and angled), E-2000, LC and LX.5®, as well as multimode SC, LC, and LX.5 adapters. The tray can beordered with adapters only, or with pigtails.

Catalog Number

FMT-D __ __ 0 __ 0 __ __ __ - __ __ __ __

ConfigurationTW Termination/splice with bulkhead

plate (right splice entry)TX Termination/splice with bulkhead

plate (left splice entry)

Lock Type0 No lock1 Lock, key type 12 Lock, key type 2

Mounting Style3

A 19"/5" recessC 19"/2.2" recessE 19"/40 mm recess4

F ETSI/40 mm recess4

Faceplate ColorP Putty

Splice Type0 None2 Heat shrink3 Mechanical

Connector/Adapter StyleMultimode9 SCY LX.5®

6 LCSinglemode7 SC ultra polishJ SC angled polishK E-2000 angled polish8 LCX LX.5®

Adapters Loaded1

OR

A Adapters only0 No adapters

Pigtail Type2

U Singlemode Maxi-Strip pigtailsK Multimode pigtails (62.5/125)C Multimode pigtails (50/125)

Number of Ports with Adapters1

OR01...24 Adapters only

Number of Pigtails2

08 8 pigtails12 12 pigtails16 16 pigtails24 24 pigtails

1 When ordering FMTs with adapters only, enter number of adapters (00 to 24).2 FMTs can be ordered with 8, 12, 16 and 24 pigtails only.3 All 19" mounting brackets are reversible and can mount in EIA andWECO racks.4 40 mm recess FMTs are equipped with a special trumpet slidingradius limiter. Other mounting styles cannot be used in 40 mmrecess applications.

Termination/Splice Fixed Bulkhead(right splice entry)

Termination/Splice Fixed Bulkhead(right splice entry)

Page 76: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

70w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Fiber Management Tray1 Rack Unit – Termination and Storage Fixed Bulkhead

Catalog Number

FMT-D __ __ 0 __ 0 __ 0 __ - __ __ __ __

ConfigurationSG Termination/storage with bulkhead

plate (right storage entry)SF Termination/storage with bulkhead

plate (left storage entry)

Lock Type0 No lock1 Lock, key type 12 Lock, key type 2

Mounting Style1

A 19"/5" recessC 19"/2.2" recessE 19"/40 mm recess2

F ETSI/40 mm recess2

Faceplate ColorP Putty

Connector/Adapter StyleMultimode9 SCY LX.5®

6 LCSinglemode7 SC ultra polishJ SC angled polishK E-2000 angled polish8 LCX LX.5®

Adapters LoadedA Adapters only0 No adapters

Number of Ports with Adapters01...24

1 All 19" mounting brackets are reversible and canmount in EIA and WECO racks.2 40 mm recess FMTs are equipped with a specialtrumpet sliding radius limiter. Other mounting stylescannot be used in 40 mm recess applications.

Termination/Storage Fixed Bulkhead(right storage)

Termination/Storage Fixed Bulkhead(right storage)

This configuration features fixed bulkhead style adapter plates and accommodates singlemode SC (ultrapolish and angled), E-2000, LC and LX.5®, as well as multimode SC, LC, and LX.5 adapters. When orderedwith 24 LC or LX.5® adapters, this FMT supports 48 fibers.

Page 77: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

71w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Fiber Management Tray1 Rack Unit – Accessories

Sliding Adapter Packs

Description

MultimodeST®

SC

SinglemodeFC hybrid (FC connector on front;

SC connector on back of bulkhead)FC ultra polishST® hybrid (ST® connector on front;

SC connector on back of bulkhead)ST® ultra polishSC ultra polishFC angled polishSC angled polishE-2000 angled polishFC with zirconia adapterSC with zirconia adapterST® with zirconia adapter

Catalog Number

FMT-2SAP05FMT-2SAP09

FMT-2SAP01

FMT-2SAP02FMT-2SAP03

FMT-2SAP04FMT-2SAP07FMT-2SAP0FFMT-2SAP0JFMT-2SAP0KFMT-2SAP0LFMT-2SAP0NFMT-2SAP0P

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

FMT-ACCCLMP010.25" Offsetfrom Rack

FMT-ACCCLMP021.25" Offsetfrom Rack

Rack

Cable

Cable

Cable Clamp Kit

1.0"(2.54 cm)

19.5"(49.53 cm)

Wall

FMT Panel Shown for Reference, Not Included in Kit

Vertical Cable Guide

Accessories

Catalog Number

FMT-ACCWLMT01

FMT-ACCCLMP01FMT-ACCCLMP02

FMT-ACC01BFMT-ACC01P

Description

Wall mount kit

Cable clamp kits.25" offset from frame1.25" offset from frame

Vertical cable guidesBlackPutty

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Page 78: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

72w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Fiber Management Tray1 Rack Unit – Specifications

PHYSICALApproximate Weight: 8 to 10 lbs (3.7 to 4.5 kg)Configuration Options and Capacity: Termination only (24 or 32 fibers)

Termination/storage (12, 16, or 24 terminations)Bulk Storage

3 mm outer diameter cable: 32 cables, length 2.5 m each2 mm outer diameter cable: 48 cables, length 2.5 m each1.7 mm outer diameter cable: 60 cables, length 4 m each

Discrete storage3 mm outer diameter cable: 16 cables, length 1.7 m each2 mm outer diameter cable: 16 cables, length 2 m each1.7 mm outer diameter cable: 16 cables, length 2.5 m each

Termination/splicing (12, 16, or 24 splices)

1.7"(4.32 cm)

11.01"(27.97 cm)

17.26"(43.84 cm)

Front ViewShown without Sliding Radius Limiters

A

B

C

OrderingCode Configuration A B C

C 19" EIA (2.2" recess) 18.32" (46.5 cm) 1.25" (3.2 cm) 2.25" (5.7 cm)

E 19" EIA (40 mm recess) 18.32" (46.5 cm) 1.25" (3.2 cm) 1.54" (3.9 cm)

A 19" EIA (5" recess) 18.32" (46.5 cm) 1.25" (3.2 cm) 5.0" (12.7 cm)

F ETSI (40 mm recess) 20.28" (51.5 cm) 0.98" (2.5 cm) 1.54" (3.9 cm)

Universal Mounting Bracket, EIA or WECO rack mount

Page 79: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

73w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Fiber Management Tray2 Rack Unit – Termination with Adapters Only

72-Termination with Adapters Only

Sliding Adapter Pack Shown in Access Position

Catalog Number

FMT-GRT0 __ 0 __ 0 __ - A72 __

Connector/Adapter Style

Lock Type0 No lock1 Lock, key type 12 Lock, key type 2

Faceplate ColorP Putty

Adapters LoadedA Adapters loaded0 No adapters

Multimode9 SCY LX.5®

6 LCSinglemode

2 FC ultra polish7 SC ultra polishF FC angled polishJ SC angled polishL FC with zirconia adapterN SC with zirconia adapter8 LC ultra polishX LX.5® angled polish

The termination-only fiber management tray provides termination for 72 fibers in an all-front-accessdesign. This tray mounts in 19-inch, or ETSI racks. Sliding radius limiters provide cable management forincoming and outgoing fibers.

Page 80: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

74w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Fiber Management Tray2 Rack Unit – Termination with IFC or Multifiber Cable

The termination-only fiber management tray provides termination for 72 fibers and can be orderedpreterminated with IFC or multifiber cable. This tray mounts in 19-inch, or ETSI racks. Sliding radiuslimiters provide cable management for incoming and outgoing fibers.

Catalog Number

FMT-GN7 __ __ __ __ __ __ - A 7 2 __

Cable Type

Lock Type0 No lock1 Lock, key type 12 Lock, key type 2

Faceplate ColorP Putty

Length (in meters)

MultimodeC IFC stranded (62.5/125)Y IFC stranded (50/125)

SinglemodeA IFC strandedM IFC ribbonH Indoor/outdoor

Connector/Adapter StyleMultimode

9 SCY LX.5®

6 LCSinglemode

2 FC ultra polish7 SC ultra polishF FC angled polishJ SC angled polishL FC with zirconia adapterN SC with zirconia adapter8 LC ultra polishX LX.5® angled polish

72-Termination with IFC or Multifiber Cable

Page 81: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

75w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Fiber Management Tray2 Rack Unit – Termination and Splice

48-Termination/Splice

Catalog Number

FMT-GTL 0 __ 0 __ __ __ - A48 __

Lock Type0 No lock1 Lock, key type 12 Lock, key type 2

Cable or Adapter TypeA Adapters only0 No adaptersC Multimode pigtails (50/125)K Multimode pigtails (62.5/125)U Singlemode Maxi-Strip pigtails

Chip Style (mini splice tray)0 None2 Heat shrink3 Mechanical

Faceplate ColorP Putty

Connector/Adapter StyleMultimode9 SCY LX.5®

6 LCSinglemode2 FC ultra polish7 SC ultra polishF FC angled polishJ SC angled polishL FC with zirconia adapterN SC with zirconia adapter8 LC ultra polishX LX.5® angled polish

The termination and splice tray terminatesand splices 48 fibers in an all-front-accessdesign. This tray mounts in 19-inch, or ETSIracks. Sliding radius limiters provide cablemanagement for incoming and outgoingfibers. Panels loaded with pigtails come withcolor-coded 900 micron pigtails.

Page 82: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

76w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Fiber Management Tray2 Rack Unit – Accessories

Sliding Adapter Packs

Description

MultimodeSCLCLX.5®

SinglemodeFC ultra polishSC ultra polishFC angled polishSC angled polishFC with zirconia adapterSC with zirconia adapterLC ultra polishLX.5® angled polish

Catalog Number

FMT-6SAP09FMT-6SAP06FMT-6SAP0Y

FMT-6SAP02FMT-6SAP07FMT-6SAP0FFMT-6SAP0JFMT-6SAP0LFMT-6SAP0NFMT-6SAP08FMT-6SAP0X

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

FMT-ACCCLMP010.25" Offsetfrom Rack

FMT-ACCCLMP021.25" Offsetfrom Rack

Rac

Cable

Cable

Cable Clamp Kit

Vertical Cable Guide

Accessories

Catalog Number

FMT-ACCCLMP01FMT-ACCCLMP02

FMT-ACC21BFMT-ACC21P

Description

Cable clamp kits.25" offset from frame1.25" offset from frame

Vertical cable guidesBlackPutty

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Page 83: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

77w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Fiber Management Tray2 Rack Unit – Micro Value-Added Module System

The 2RU FMT Value-Added Module (VAM) chassis houses up to twelve MicroVAMs. TheseMicroVAMs are used for testing and monitoring optical signals; technicians can access bothdirections of the signal without disrupting service.

Ordering Information for Micro Value-Added Modules follows on the next page.

Catalog Number

FMT-GVM00000-A72P

Description

2 RU Fiber Management Tray (FMT-G Series)accommodates up to 12 MicroVAMs for monitoring optical signals

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

FMT-G Series with MicroVAM

MicroVAM Shownin Access Position

Page 84: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

78w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Fiber Management Tray2 Rack Unit – Micro Value-Added Module System

Monitor Module Ordering Information

Catalog Number

FMT-M __ __ __ 1 __ __ 0 0 0

Contact the ADC Technical AssistanceCenter, for specifications and availablesplit ratios.

Split RatioA 90/10B 95/05C 50/50H 70/30J 60/40K 99/01L 98/02

Module StyleB Cross-connect customer

premisesJ Dual monitorS Splitter module

Input Connector/AdapterSinglemode

2U FC ultra polish2A FC angled polish7U SC ultra polish7A SC angled polishLA LX.5® angled polishKU LC ultra polish

Multimode**9A SC 50/1259B SC 62.5/125LM LX.5®

PM LC

or

Output Connector/AdapterSinglemode

2U FC ultra polish2A FC angled polish7U SC ultra polish7A SC angled polishLA LX.5® angled polishKU LC ultra polish

Multimode**9A SC 50/1259B SC 62.5/125LM LX.5®

PM LC

or

Monitor Connector TypeSinglemode

2U FC ultra polish2A FC angled polish7U SC ultra polish7A SC angled polishLA LX.5® angled polishKU LC ultra polish

Multimode**9A SC 50/1259B SC 62.5/125LM LX.5®

PM LC

or

Customer PremisesMonitor ModuleB

RxN

RxM

TxM

TxN

SRC Tx

CUST Tx

1 x 2SPLITTER A

1 x 2SPLITTER B

XX%

XX%

XX%

XX%

A

A1

A2

B1

B

B2

1 x 2

1 x 2

Dual MonitorCross-ConnectJ

Tx

Mon Tx

Mon Rx

Rx

Rx SRC

Tx SRC

1 x 2

1 x 2

Splitter ModuleS

Page 85: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

79w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Fiber Optic Patch Cords

1For hybrid patch cords, enter both connector types in this field and separate them with a slash mark; remove “S” from the ultra polish connector options(see second ordering example).

2 One connector per end; requires dual zip cable3 Requires 900 micron, 1.7 mm or 2 mm cable4 Requires 1.7 mm or 2 mm dual zip cable

Ordering Example

FPC2-SPFC-10M: Patch cord with ultra polish FC connectors on both ends, 2 mm dual zipcable, 10 meters in length with standard breakout length of 12" on both ends.FPC-SPST/PSC-S-10M: Patch cord with ST® ultra polish connector on one end and SC ultrapolish connector on the other end, 10 meters in length.

Multimode

Singlemode

Catalog Number

__ __ - __ - __ - __ M

Cable OptionLengthX Length in meters

FPC Connector on both ends (patch cord)FPT Connector on one end (pigtail)

Cable Type3 mm single

M 2 mm singleF 1.7 mm single9 900 micronZ 3 mm dual zip2 2 mm dual zipT 1.7 mm dual zip

1For hybrid patch cords, enter both connector types in this field and separate them with a slash mark

2One connector per end; requires dual zip cable3Requires 900 micron, 1.7 mm or 2 mm cable4Requires 1.7 mm or 2 mm dual zip cable

Ordering Example

FPC-MST/MSC-B-7M: Patch cord with ST® ultra polish connector on one end and SCultra polish connector on the other end, 62.5/125 fiber size, 7 meters in length.

Fiber Size

A 50/125B 62.5/125

Connector Type1

MSC SC ultra polishMDSC SC duplex2

MFC FC ultra polishMST ST® ultra polishMLX5 LX.5® ultra polish3

MDLX LX.5® duplex4

MLC LC ultra polishMDLC LC duplex2

Catalog Number

__ __ - __ - S - __ M

Cable Option

Connector Type1

LengthX Length in meters

FPC Connector on both ends (patch cord)FPT Connector on one end (pigtail)

Cable Type3 mm single

M 2 mm singleF 1.7 mm single9 900 micronZ 3 mm dual zip2 2 mm dual zipT 1.7 mm dual zip

LeaveBlank

SPSC SC ultra polishAPSC SC angled polishSDSC SC duplex2

SPFC FC ultra polishAPFC FC angled polishSPST ST® ultra polishAE2 E-2000 angled polishSPLX LX.5® ultra polish3

ALX5 LX.5® angled polish3

SDLX LX.5® ultra polish duplex4

ADLX LX.5® angled polish duplex4

SPLC LC ultra polishSDLC LC ultra polish duplex2

Page 86: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

80w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Fiber Optic Patch CordsMultifiber Patch Cords (4 to 32 fibers)

Buffered Fiber900 micron

PVC Jacket0.64 mm thick

(12 fib h )

Singlemode

Standard wall: Available with 4, 6, 12 or 32 tight buffered 1.7 mm fibers enclosed in a standard wallouter jacket. Each 1.7 mm fiber is coded for easy identification of individual fibers. Central strengthmember, aramid yarn; PVC jacket thickness 0.89 mm.Soft wall: Available with 6, 8 or 12 tight buffered 900 micron fibers with a thin outer jacket. No centralstrength member or aramid yarn; PVC jacket thickness 0.64 mm.Thick wall: Available with 4 or 24 tight buffered 1.7 mm fibers. Each 1.7 mm fiber is coded for easyidentification of individual fibers. Central strength member, aramid yarn; PVC jacket thickness 1.65 mm.

Standard Wall(4-fiber shown)

Soft Wall(12-fiber shown)

Thick Wall(4-fiber shown)

Catalog Number

FPM-0 __ / __ - __ __ __ __ M- __ __ / __ __

Connector Type(1st and 2nd end) Length

X Length in metersBreakout LengthX Length in inchesLeave blank if both ends 12"

0 Stub7 SC ultra polish4 ST® ultra polish2 FC ultra polishE SC angled polishD FC angled polishJ E-2000 angled polish*N LX.5® ultra polishL LX.5® angled polishK LC ultra polish

Cable TypeA 4-fiber thick wall with 1.7 mm subunitsD 4-fiber standard wall with 1.7 mm subunitsW 4-fiber soft wallE 6-fiber standard wall with 1.7 mm subunitsP 6-fiber soft wall L 8-fiber soft wall F 12-fiber standard wall with 1.7 mm subunitsM 12-fiber soft wall AD 24-fiber thick wall with 1.7 mm subunitsBD 32-fiber thick wall with 1.7 mm subunits

* E-2000 is not available with 1.7 mm subunits.

Cable Jacket, PVC1.65 mm thick

Central StrengthMember

1.7 mm Fiber subunit

Ripcord

Ripcord

Aramid Yarn

Cable Jacket, PVC0.89 mm thick

Central Strength Member

1.7 mm Fiber subunit

Ripcord

Ripcord

Aramid Yarn

Multimode Catalog Number

MFPM- __ / __ - __ __ __ __ M- __ __ / __ __

Connector Type(1st and 2nd end) Length

X Length in metersBreakout LengthX Length in inchesLeave blank if both ends 12"

0 Stub9 SC ultra polish5 ST® ultra polishA FC ultra polishX LX.5® ultra polishP LC ultra polish

Cable TypeWB 4-fiber soft wall, 62.5/125PB 6-fiber soft wall, 62.5/125NB 12-fiber soft wall, 62.5/125

Page 87: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

81w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Fiber Optic Patch CordsTracerLight™ Connector Identification System

ADC’s innovative TracerLight™ ConnectorIdentification System offers a quick and accuratemethod of identifying the termination point ofoptical patch cords. Each end of a TracerLightpatch cord features a flashing light source allowingtechnicians to visually trace individual patch cordsfrom one end to the other without pulling thepatch cord. The TracerLight power source isinserted into the TracerLight component on oneend of the patch cord. This causes the LED on eachend to begin flashing rapidly so the distant end ofthe patch cord can be quickly and easily identifiedwithout interruption of service.

Cable Type

A Multimode 50/125 single fiberB Multimode 62.5/125 single fiber

Cable Type

D Singlemode single fiber

Example: 050 = 50 meters125 = 125 meters

Catalog Number

FTL- __ / __ - __ __ __ __ M

Length (in meters)Connector Style (first end)7 SC ultra polish4 ST® ultra polish2 FC ultra polishN LX.5® ultra polishE SC angled polishD FC angled polishL LX.5® angled polish

Connector Style (second end)

7 SC ultra polish4 ST® ultra polish2 FC ultra polishN LX.5® ultra polishE SC angled polishD FC angled polishL LX.5® angled polish

Example: 050 = 50 meters125 = 125 meters

Catalog Number

FTL- __ / __ - __ __ __ __ M

Length (in meters)Connector Style (first end)9 SC5 ST®

A FCX LX.5®

Connector Style (second end)

9 SC5 ST®

A FCX LX.5®

Singlemode — Simplex

Multimode — Simplex

Ordering information for duplex TracerLight cords follows on the next page.

Page 88: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

82w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Fiber Optic Patch CordsTracerLight™ Connector Identification System

Cable Type

E Multimode 50/125 dual zip fiberF Multimode 62.5/125 dual zip fiber

Cable Type

Z Singlemode dual zip fiber

Example: 050 = 50 meters125 = 125 meters

Catalog Number

FTL- __ __ __ __ __ __ M

Length (in meters)Connector Style (first end)7 SC ultra polish4 ST® ultra polish2 FC ultra polishN LX.5® ultra polishE SC angled polishD FC angled polishL LX.5® angled polish

Connector Style (second end)

7 SC ultra polish4 ST® ultra polish2 FC ultra polishN LX.5® ultra polishE SC angled polishD FC angled polishL LX.5® angled polish

Example: 050 = 50 meters125 = 125 meters

Catalog Number

FTL- __ __ __ __ __ __ M

Length (in meters)Connector Style (first end)9 SC5 ST®

A FCX LX.5®

Connector Style (second end)

9 SC5 ST®

A FCX LX.5®

Singlemode — Duplex

Multimode — Duplex

Page 89: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

83w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Fiber Optic Cable AssembliesIFC Assemblies

Coating

Cladding

Core

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 - Blue 2 - Orange 3 - Green

7 - Red 8 - Black 9 - Yellow

PVC INNERJACKET

PVC OUTERJACKET

FIBERGLASSSTRENGTHMEMBERS

MYLARTAPE

RIBBONAIR CORE

DETAIL B

SEEDETAIL A

DETAIL A

SEE DETAIL B

4 - Brown 5 - Slate 6 - White

10 - Violet11 - Rose12 - Aqua

Intrafacility fiber cable (IFC) is a multifiber cable designed for use within a building. Generally, it isconstructed without metallic strength members and is designed to meet the fire resistant characteristics required in the central office. The number of fibers range from 12 to 216. Standard IFC assemblies are riserrated and meet UL-1666 OFNR. Two types of IFC are available: ribbon and stranded.

Ribbon cable consists of multifibers arranged in ribbons. Each ribbon contains 12 fibers and is identified asa subunit. The fibers which comprise the ribbons are color-coded for identification. With the constructionof ribbon cable, the fibers are located in the center of the cable and the outer jacket provides the strengthand protection of the cable.

ARAMID YARN

BUFFEREDFIBER

RIPCORD (2)

6-FIBER SUBUNIT(SEE DETAIL A)

MYLARTAPE

COATING

CLADDING

CORE

BUFFERED FIBER

BUFFER

PVC CABLEJACKET

CENTRALSTRENGTHMEMBERS

DETAIL A

BUFFEREDFIBER

RIPCORD (2)

12-FIBER SUBUNIT(SEE DETAIL B)

MYLARTAPE

PVC CABLE JACKET

CENTRALSTRENGTHMEMBERS

ARAMID YARN

PVC JACKET

DETAIL B

SEEDETAIL C

SEEDETAIL C

DETAIL C

PVC JACKET

1 BLUE 2 ORANGE 3 GREEN 4 BROWN 5 SLATE 6 WHITE 7 RED 8 BLACK 9 YELLOW10 VIOLET11 ROSE12 AQUA

COLOR CODE CHART

6-Fiber Subunits(example shows 36 fibers)

12-Fiber Subunits(example shows 72 fibers)

(12-fiber shown)

PVC JACKET

BUFFERED FIBER900 MICRON

ARAMID YARN

With stranded cable, individual 900 micron fibers make up the construction of the cable. The fibers arebundled into subunits of 6 or 12 fibers each. Each subunit is identified and the individual fibers within thesubunits are color-coded. Stranded IFC diameters increase in proportion with the fiber counts.

Page 90: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

84w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

* For 144- or 216-fiber counts, additional fiber types and ordering information, contact your ADC representative.**ADC will customize the breakout length of the IFC to ensure proper cable management. ADC recommends using

the FCM breakout length (6' = 1.8 m).

Catalog Number

IFC - __ /__ __ __ __ __ - __

Length (in meters)Example: 020 = 50 meters

150 = 150 meters

Connector Style0 Stub7 SC ultra polish4 ST® ultra polish2 FC ultra polishE SC angled polishD FC angled polishJ E-2000 angled polishN LX.5® ultra polishL LX.5® angled polishK LC ultra polish

Cable Type*

Breakout/Panel Type**8" FCM

L FDMA 7" FCM2A FL2, 12 exit up or down2B FL2, 24 exit up or down2C FL2, 48 exit up or down2D FL2, 72 exit up2E FL2, 96 exit up2F FL2, 72 exit down2G FL2, 96 exit downFTB FTB MOD3A1 FL1-A, bottom3A2 FL1-A, top

LEAVE BLANK

*ADC will customize the breakout length of the IFC to ensure proper cable management. ADC recommends using theFCM breakout length (6' = 1.8 m).

Contact ADC for additional fiber types and ordering information.

Cable Type Fiber sizeAB 12-fiber stranded 62.5BB 24-fiber stranded 62.5CB 36-fiber stranded 62.52B 48-fiber stranded 62.5VB 72-fiber stranded 62.5LB 96-fiber stranded 62.5

Length (in meters)Example: 050 = 50 meters

125 = 125 meters

Connector #1 Type9 SC ultra polish5 ST® ultra polishA FC ultra polishX LX.5® ultra polishP LC ultra polish

Catalog Number

MIFC - __ / __ __ __ __ __ __ - __

Connector #2 Type0 Stub9 SC ultra polish5 ST® ultra polishA FC ultra polishX LX.5® ultra polishP LC ultra polish

Breakout/Panel Type*8" FCM

L FDMA 7" FCM2A FL2, 12 exit up or down2B FL2, 24 exit up or down2C FL2, 48 exit up or down2D FL2, 72 exit up2E FL2, 96 exit up2F FL2, 72 exit down2G FL2, 96 exit downFTB FTB MOD3A1 FL1-A, bottom3A2 FL1-A, top

LEAVE BLANK

Singlemode

Fiber Optic Cable AssembliesIFC Assemblies

Multimode

A 12-fiber strandedB 24-fiber strandedC 36-fiber stranded2 48-fiber strandedV 72-fiber strandedL 96-fiber strandedNA 12-fiber ribbonHA 24-fiber ribbonMA 36-fiber ribbonJA 48-fiber ribbonDS 72-fiber ribbonLA 96-fiber ribbon

Page 91: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

85w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Fiber Optic Patch Cord Specifications

Patch Cords

L

Length Tolerance0 to 15 m +16 cm/-0 cm+15 m +1%/-0 cm

Length Tolerance0 to 15 m +16 cm/-0 cm+15 m +1%/-0 cm

StrandedLength Tolerance0 to 15 m +16 cm/-0 cm+15 m +1%/-0 cm

RibbonLength Tolerance0 to 20 m +15 cm/-0 cm+20 m +90 cm/-0 cm

Multifiber

L

IFC

L

Singlemode Ultra Polish Connectors (UPC)

Insertion Loss (1310 nm)

Return Loss (1310 nm)

Polished Endface Radius

Fiber RecessApex Offset

Singlemode Angled Polish Connectors (APC)

Insertion Loss (1310 nm)

Return Loss (1310 nm)

Polished Endface RadiusFiber RecessApex OffsetEndface Angle

Multimode Ultra Polish Connectors

Insertion Loss (1310 nm)

Return Loss (1310 nm)

SC ST® FC LC0.3 dB max. 0.3 dB max. 0.3 dB max. 0.3 dB max.0.1 dB typical 0.15 dB typical 0.1 dB typical57 dB min. 57 dB min. 57 dB min. 55 dB min.

10 mm to 10 mm to 10 mm to 7 mm to 25 mm25 mm 25 mm 25 mm

± 50 nm ± 50 nm ± 50 nm -100 to +50 nm50 micron max. 50 micron max. 50 micron max. 50 micron max.

SC ST® FC LX.5® E-20000.5 dB max. 0.5 dB max. 0.5 dB max. 0.3 dB max. 0.5 dB max.0.15 dB typical 0.2 dB typcial 0.15 dB typcial 0.1 dB typical 0.2 dB typical65 dB min. 55 dB min. 65 dB min. 65 dB typical 65 dB min.

5 mm to 15 mm 5 mm to 15 mm 5 mm to 15 mm 5 mm to 12 mm 5 mm to 15 mm-100 to +50 nm -100 to +50 nm -100 to +50 nm -100 to +50 nm -100 to +50 nm50 micron 50 micron 50 micron 50 micron 50 micron8˚ ± 0.5 8˚ ± 0.5 8˚ ± 0.5 8˚ ± 0.5 8˚ ± 0.5

SC ST® FC LX.5®

0.7 dB max. 0.7 dB max. 0.7 dB max. 0.4 dB max.0.15 dB typical

20 dB min. 20 dB min. 20 dB min. 25 dB min.

Page 92: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

86w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Fiber Optic Patch Cord Specifications

2.50 .22

2.26 .29

2.62

.37

.39

2.14

2.25

.38

2.00

.20

LX.5®

(1.7 mm version shown for reference)E-2000

(3 mm version shown for reference)

FC(3 mm version shown for reference)

LC(1.7 mm version shown for reference)

SC(3 mm version shown for reference)

ST(3 mm version shown for reference)

Page 93: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

87w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

FiberGuide® Fiber Management SystemIntroduction

The Industry’s Most Comprehensive Optical Raceway System

ADC’s FiberGuide® Fiber Cable Management System is a trough system designed to protect and route fiberoptic patch cords, multifiber cable assemblies, and intrafacility fiber cable (IFC) to and from fiber spliceenclosures, fiber distribution frames, and fiber optic terminal devices. The FiberGuide system is designed to ensure a 2-inch minimum bend radius is maintained throughout the system.

The FiberGuide system is a complete set of products designed and manufactured to ensure total off-frameprotection. Basic components include horizontal and vertical straight sections, horizontal and verticalelbows, downspouts, junctions, and numerous support hardware and flex tube kits.

The FiberGuide system is available in a variety of sizes:

2x2 — Ideal for smaller installations or for vertical routing intoindividual fiber bays. It has the trough capacity to support amaximum of (400) 2 mm fiber optic patch cords. All 2x2 FiberGuideproducts are shipped with covers.

2x6 — Designed for height-restricted environments, this robustsystem provides the same support and system flexibility of thetraditional 4-inch-high system while saving 2 inches of overheadspace. It features a maximum capacity of (1,200) 2 mm patch cords.

4x4 — Features the maximum capacity to support (1,600) 2 mmpatch cords. It has been engineered to allow straight sections to beself-supporting over a span of up to 6 feet (1.83 m).

4x6 — Features the same benefits of the 4-inch system and amaximum trough capacity of (2,400) 2 mm patch cords.

4x12 — The largest system in the FiberGuide family, this 12-inch-wide trough has a maximum capacity to support nearly (5,000) 2 mm patch cords. Perfect for runs over fiber frame lineups andperimeter routes.

Page 94: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

88w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

FiberGuide® Fiber Management SystemNew Products

ADC continues to add innovative products to the FiberGuide® FiberManagement System to ensure that it remains the comprehensivesolution for all optical raceway requirements and applications. Thesenew products increase the functionality and flexibility of theFiberGuide System and are compatible with existing racewaycomponents.

Snap-Fit JunctionADC introduces the latest addition to its industry-leading FiberGuideSystem. The Snap-Fit Junction is the industry’s first and onlycompletely tool-less junction. No additional tools are needed forinstallation or removal. Quick and easy to install, the FiberGuideSnap-Fit Junction saves valuable time and money.

Express Exit™

ADC now features three options, the low-profile Express Exit, 2-InchExpress Exit, and 4-Inch Express Exit in the innovative patented*Express Exit family to accommodate various raceway environmentsand applications. By simply securing an Express Exit to the sidewall ofany 4x4, 4x6, or 4x12 FiberGuide straight section, jumpers can bepermanently or temporarily routed to the fiber optic terminal (FOT)equipment or fiber frames below. No cutting of the FiberGuidesystem is required. Positioning a drop with a member of the ExpressExit family greatly simplifies installation, protects the integrity of fibersalready present in the raceway, and increases the overall flexibility ofthe raceway system.

2x6 FiberGuide® SystemThe 2x6 FiberGuide system provides another option to securely routeand protect patch cords. Designed for height-restricted environments,this robust system provides the same support and system flexibility ofthe traditional 4x6 system while saving 2 inches of overhead space. A complete set of fittings, straight sections, junctions, and an ExpressExit are available along with adapters to both the 4x4 and 4x6 systems.

Raceway Reconfiguration Solutions ADC introduces two new products to facilitate easy on-site racewayreconfigurations. Available for the 4x4, 4x6, and 4x12 systems, thecut-in T and the expandable straight section provide the requiredflexibility to optimize raceway systems in retrofit applications withoutjeopardizing the integrity of existing cables.

*Other patents pending

Express Exit Family

2x6 FiberGuide System

Cut-in T

Snap-Fit Junction

Page 95: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

89w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

FiberGuide® Fiber Management SystemPatch Cord Densities

2.0 mm Patch Cords

102

3.0 mm Patch Cords

44

1.7 mm Patch Cords

Recommended capacity takes into consideration random jumper placement into the FiberGuide® system.Maximum density refers to the maximum number of fiber jumpers in a given cross-section of a FiberGuideinstallation. The TracerLight™ Connector Identification System is ADC’s newest patch cord solution. It featuresslightly different dimensions than standard patch cords.

RecommendedPatch CordDensity (per in2)

2.0 mm Patch Cords

90

3.0 mm Patch Cords

40

2-inch3-inch4-inch

Trough Pileup

108016202160

480720960

72010801440

320480640

2x2FiberGuide System

360--

160--

3.0 mm

2.0 mm

4x4FiberGuide System

4x6FiberGuide System

MaximumPatch CordDensity (per in2)

142

ADC Recommended Density

Maximum Density

1.7 mm Patch Cords

120

480--

1.7 mm

3.0 mm

2.0 mm

96014401920

1.7 mm

3.0 mm

2.0 mm

144021602880

1.7 mm

4x12FiberGuide System

216032404320

96014401920

3.0 mm

2.0 mm

288043205760

1.7 mm

2-inch3-inch4-inch

Trough Pileup

122418362448

5287921056

81612241632

352528704

408--

176--

3.0 mm

2.0 mm

4x4FiberGuide System

4x6FiberGuide System

568--

3.0 mm

2.0 mm

113617042272

1.7 mm

3.0 mm

2.0 mm

170425563408

1.7 mm

4x12FiberGuide System

244836724896

105615842112

3.0 mm

2.0 mm

340851126816

1.7 mm

2x6FiberGuide System

1080--

480--

3.0 mm

2.0 mm

1440--

1.7 mm

2x2FiberGuide System

1.7 mm

1224--

528--

3.0 mm

2.0 mm

1704--

2x6FiberGuide System

1.7 mm

2-inch 260 780 520 780 15603-inch – – 780 1170 23404-inch – – 1040 1560 3120

Trough Pileup

4x4FiberGuide System

4x6FiberGuide System

4x12FiberGuide System

2x2FiberGuide System

2x6FiberGuide System

TracerLight™ Patch Cords – 65 Patch Cords per in2

Page 96: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

90w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

FiberGuide® Fiber Management System

Express Exits™

Description

2-inch Express Exit4-inch Express Exit base with base cover4-inch Express Exit rear cover kitRear cover, 4-inch Express Exit – 4x4 systemRear cover, 4-inch Express Exit – 4x6 systemRear cover, 4-inch Express Exit – 4x12 systemLow profile Express Exit

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

FGS-MEXP-A/B/FFGS-MEXP-E-A/B/FFGS-MEXC-E-A/B/FFGS-MEXC-E-AFGS-MEXC-E-BFGS-MEXC-E-FFGS-MEXP-LP-A/B/F

2x2 Fittings and Junctions

Description

2x2 horizontal cross with cover2x2 horizontal tee with cover2x2 45º horizontal elbow with cover2x2 90º horizontal elbow with cover2x2 to 4-inch straight adapter with cover2x2 end cap kit (includes junction)2x2 45º up elbow with cover2x2 45º down elbow with cover2x2 90º down elbow with cover2x2 junction

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

FGS-MHXP-CFGS-MHTA-CFGS-MH4A-CFGS-MH9A-CFGS-MDSA-ACFGS-HMEC-CFGS-MU4A-CFGS-MD4A-CFGS-MD9A-CFGS-MJWR-C

2x2 Downspout Options

Description

2x2 standard downspout with cover2x2 extended downspout with cover2x2 flex tube attachment with 5-foot length

2-inch flex tube and 2x2 junction2x2 extended downspout kit with 2-foot length

2-inch flex tube and coverDual 7/8-inch flex tube attachment with

(2) 5-foot lengths flex tube and 2x2 junctionKit of 10 7/8-inch flex tube clamps

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

FGS-MSDS-CFGS-MDSP-CFGS-MEX1-C-5F

FGS-KDH2-C

FGS-KT03-C

FGS-HSHC-10

2x2 Straight Section

Description

6-foot horizontal straight with cover

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

FGS-MSHA-C

Express Exits

FGS-MSDS-C

FGS-MHTA-C

FGS-MSHA-C

Page 97: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

91w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

FiberGuide® Fiber Management System

2x2 Direct Support Kits

Description

2x2 ladder rack support kit2x2 bay top short L bracket kit2x2 bay top long L bracket kit2x2 digital cableway support kit2x2 underfloor support kit

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

FGS-HLR2-CFGS-BTBS-CFGS-BTBL-CFGS-HDCB-CFGS-HUFB-C

2x2 Track Support Kits

Description

Aluminum track support (6-feet)New threaded rod kit (5/8-inch)New threaded rod kit (1/2 -inch)Track connecting bar kitLadder rack bracket kit (5/8-inch)Threaded rod 12" longDual threaded rod bracket kit

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

FGS-HASK-CFGS-HTR2-5/8FGS-HTR2-1/2FGS-HAEJ-CFGS-HLDR-5/8FGS-HTHR-5/8-12FGS-HTUB-2-AB

2x6 Straight Section

Description

2x6 horizontal straight section (6-feet)2x6 horizontal straight section snap-on cover(6-feet)

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

FGS-MSHS-GFGS-MSSC-B/G

2x6 Fittings

Description

2x6 to 2x2 downspout2x6 horizontal T2x6 horizontal cross2x6 90º horizontal elbow2x6 90º down elbow2x6 45º horizontal elbow2x6 45º up elbow with cover2x6 45º down elbow2x6 to 4x4 adapter2x6 to 4x6 adapter2x6 trumpet flare2x6 end cap2x6 Express Exit

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

FGS-MDSP-GFGS-MHRT-GFGS-MHXP-GFGS-MH9E-GFGS-MD9E-GFGS-MH4E-GFGS-MU4E-GFGS-MD4E-GFGS-MDSA-GAFGS-MDSA-GBFGS-MTRM-GFGS-HMEC-GFGS-MEXP-LP-G

FGS-HLR2-C

FGS-HASK-C

FGS-MSHS-G

Page 98: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

92w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

FiberGuide® Fiber Management System

2x6 Junction

Description

2x6 junction

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

FGS-JUNC-G

FGS-JUNC-G

4x4 Fittings and Junctions

Description

4x4 downspout4x4 and 4x6 downspout cover4x4 extended downspout4x4 and 4x6 extended downspout cover4x4 horizontal T4x4 horizontal T cover4x4 horizontal cross4x4 horizontal cross cover4x4 90º horizontal elbow4x4 90º horizontal elbow cover4x4 45º horizontal elbow4x4 45º horizontal elbow cover4x4 90º up elbow with cover4x4 90º down elbow4x4 90º down elbow cover4x4 45º up elbow with cover4x4 45º down elbow4x4 45º down elbow cover4x4 to 4x6 straight adapter4x4 to 4x6 straight adapter cover4x4 end cap4x4 snap-fit junction4x4 cut-in TCut-in T fixture4x4 IFC tie bracket

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

FGS-MDSP-AFGS-MCDS-ABFGS-MDSP-EX-AFGS-MCDS-EX-ABFGS-MHRT-AFGS-CHRT-AFGS-MHXP-AFGS-CHXP-AFGS-MH9E-AFGS-CH9E-AFGS-MH4E-AFGS-CH4E-AFGS-MU9E-AFGS-MD9E-AFGS-CD9E-AFGS-MU4E-AFGS-MD4E-AFGS-CD4E-AFGS-MDSA-ABFGS-CDSA-ABFGS-HMEC-AFGS-MFAW-AFGS-MHIS-AFGS-MHIS-JIG-A/B/FFGS-HIFC-A

FGS-MDSP-A

4x4 Straight Section

Description

6-foot horizontal straight section6-foot horizontal straight section hinged cover4x4 expandable straight section6-foot horizontal straight section snap-on cover

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

FGS-MSHS-AFGS-MSHC-AFGS-MVAR-AFGS-MSSC-A

FGS-MSHS-A

FGS-MH9E-A

FGS-MFAW-A

Page 99: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

93w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

FiberGuide® Fiber Management System

4x4 and 4x6 Downspout Options

Description

4x4 downspout junction kit2x2 flex tube attachment with 5-foot length

2-inch flex tube and 2x2 junction4x4/4x6 downspout insert (adapts to 2x2 system)4x4 trumpet flare kit4-inch square to 2-inch round adapter with

5-feet flex tubing4-inch square to 2-inch round adapter with

10-feet flex tubing4-inch square to 2-inch round adapter with

15-feet flex tubing4x4 single flex tube attachment with (1) 5-foot

length 2-inch flex tubing4x4 dual flex tube attachment with (2) 5-foot

lengths 2-inch flex tubing

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

FGS-MJWR-AFGS-MEX1-C-5F

FGS-HDSI-ABFGS-MTRM-AFGS-ASRI-5F

FGS-ASRI-10F

FGS-ASRI-15F

FGS-KT03-A1

FGS-KT03-A

2x6, 4x4 and 4x6 Support Kits

Description

New threaded rod bracket (5/8-inch)New threaded rod bracket (1/2 -inch)Modified new threaded rod bracket (5/8-inch)Existing threaded rod bracket (5/8-inch)Existing threaded rod bracket (1/2 -inch)Modified existing threaded rod bracket (5/8-inch)Center support bracket (5/8-inch)Center support bracket (1/2 -inch)L bay support bracketDigital cableway bracket kit (12-inch)Digital cableway bracket kit (15-inch)Top support C-bracketTop support low profile C-bracketLadder rack center support bracket kitThreaded rod, 5/8-11x12-inchThreaded rod, 5/8-11x30-inchThreaded rod, 5/8-11x72-inchAuxiliary framing clip kit 5/8-11 threadAuxiliary framing clip kit 1/2 -11 threadAdjacent angle support bracket 5/8-11/36-inchAdjacent angle support bracket 5/8-11/48-inchAdjacent angle support bracket 1/2 -13/36-inchAdjacent angle support bracket 1/2 -13/48-inchLadder rack bracket kit (5/8-inch)Unistrut nut kit (5/8-inch)

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

FGS-HNTR-5/8FGS-HNTR-1/2FGS-HNTR-5/8-AFGS-HETR-5/8FGS-HETR-1/2FGS-HETR-5/8-AFGS-HTUB-5/8FGS-HTUB-1/2FGS-HLBKFGS-HCBL-12FGS-HCBL-15FGS-HNTS-5/8FGS-HNTS-5/8-LPFGS-HNLR-ABFGS-HTHR-5/8-12FGS-HTHR-5/8-30FGS-HTHR-5/8-72FGS-HFCK-5/8FGS-HFCK-1/2FGS-HASB-5/8-36FGS-HASB-5/8-48FGS-HASB-1/2-36FGS-HASB-1/2-48FGS-HLDR-5/8FGS-HDGR

FGS-MDSP-EX-A

FGS-HNTR-XX

Page 100: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

94w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

FiberGuide® Fiber Management System

4x6 Fittings and Junctions

Description

4x6 downspout4x4/4x6 downspout cover4x6 extended downspout4x4/4x6 extended downspout cover4x6 horizontal T4x6 horizontal T cover4x6 horizontal cross4x6 horizontal cross cover4x6 90º horizontal elbow4x6 90º horizontal elbow cover4x6 45º horizontal elbow4x6 45º horizontal elbow cover4x6 45º up elbow with cover4x6 45º down elbow4x6 45º down elbow cover4x6 90º down elbow4x6 90º down elbow cover4x6 90º up elbow with cover4x6 cut-in TCut-in T fixture4x6 trumpet flare kit4x6 end cap4x6 snap-fit junction4x6 IFC tie bracket

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

FGS-MDSP-BFGS-MCDS-ABFGS-MDSP-EX-BFGS-MCDS-EX-ABFGS-MHRT-BFGS-CHRT-BFGS-MHXP-BFGS-CHXP-BFGS-MH9E-BFGS-CH9E-BFGS-MH4E-BFGS-CH4E-BFGS-MU4E-BFGS-MD4E-BFGS-CD4E-BFGS-MD9E-BFGS-CD9E-BFGS-MU9E-BFGS-MHIS-BFGS-MHIS-JIG-A/B/FFGS-MTRM-BFGS-HMEC-BFGS-MFAW-BFGS-HIFC-B

4x6 Straight Section

Description

6-foot horizontal straight section6-foot horizontal straight section hinged cover4x6 expandable straight section6-foot horizontal straight section snap-on cover

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

FGS-MSHS-BFGS-MSHC-BFGS-MVAR-BFGS-MSSC-B/G

FGS-MFAW-B

FGS-MDSP-B

FGS-MSHS-B

FGS-MU9E-B

Page 101: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

95w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

FiberGuide® Fiber Management System

4x12 Fittings

Description

4x12 horizontal T4x12 horizontal T cover4x12 to 4x6 horizontal T4x12 to 4x6 horizontal T cover4x12 horizontal cross4x12 horizontal cross cover4x12 to 4x6 horizontal cross4x12 to 4x6 horizontal cross cover4x12 to 4x6 adapter4x12 to 4x6 adapter cover4x12 90º horizontal elbow4x12 90º horizontal elbow cover4x12 45º horizontal elbow4x12 45º horizontal elbow cover4x12 end cap4x12 cut-in TCut-in T fixture4x12 45º up elbow 4x12 45º up elbow cover 4x12 45º down elbow4x12 45º down elbow cover4x12 90º down elbow4x12 90º down elbow cover4x12 trumpet flare kit4x12 downspout with 4x6 exit4x12 downspout with rear T4x12 to dual 4x6 adapter4x12 IFC tie bracket

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

FGS-MHRT-FFGS-SHRT-FFGS-MHRT-F/BFGS-SHRT-F/BFGS-MHXP-FFGS-SHXP-FFGS-MHXP-B/FFGS-SHXP-B/FFGS-MDSA-FBFGS-SDSA-FBFGS-MH9E-FFGS-SH9E-FFGS-MH4E-FFGS-SH4E-FFGS-HMEC-FFGS-MHIS-FFGS-MHIS-JIG-A/B/FFGS-MU4E-FFGS-SU4E-FFGS-MD4E-FFGS-SD4E-FFGS-MD9E-FFGS-SD9E-FFGS-MTRM-FFGS-MDSP-FFGS-MDRT-FFGS-MDSA-F2BFGS-HIFC-F

FGS-MH9E-F

FGS-MSHS-F

4x12 Straight Section

Description

6-foot horizontal straight section4x12 expandable straight section6-foot snap-on cover

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

FGS-MSHS-FFGS-MVAR-FFGS-MSSC-F

4x12 Junction

Description

4x12 snap-fit junction

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

FGS-MFAW-F

FGS-MFAW-F

Covers are available for 4x12 fittings. Please contact ADC or visit www.adc.com

Page 102: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

96w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

FiberGuide® Fiber Management System

Vertical Duct Systems

Description

2x2 vertical slotted duct kit, 6-feet2x2 vertical 1.5-inch slotted duct kit, 6-feet2x2 vertical solid duct1x2 vertical duct kit1x2 solid vertical duct kit2x2 vertical to 1x2 vertical adapter bracket2x2 vertical slotted duct, 6-feet2x2 vertical 1.5-inch slotted duct, 6-feetCover for 2x2 vertical duct, 6-feet2x2 vertical duct mounting bracket4x4 vertical duct kit4x4 vertical adapter junction kit4x4 vertical slotted duct, 6-feetCover for 4x4 vertical duct, 6-feet4x4 vertical duct mounting bracket

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

FGS-KTW1-CFGS-KTW1-CAFGS-KTW4-CFGS-KTW1-EFGS-KTW4-EFGS-ACC063FGS-MSHS-CFGS-MSHS-CAFGS-MSHC-CFGS-HWMB-CFGS-KTW2-DFGS-MJWR-DFGS-MSHS-DFGS-MSHC-CFGS-HWMB-D

Accessories

Description

Flex Tubing

2-inch outer diameter slotted flex tube, 5-feet2-inch outer diameter slotted flex tube, 10-feet2-inch outer diameter slotted flex tube, 15-feet1-inch outer diameter slotted flex tube, 100-feet1-inch outer diameter slotted flex tube, 150-feet1-inch outer diameter slotted flex tube, 200-feet1-inch outer diameter slotted flex tube, 250-feet7/8-inch outer diameter slotted flex tube, 5-feet7/8-inch outer diameter slotted flex tube, 10-feet7/8-inch outer diameter slotted flex tube, 15-feet7/8-inch outer diameter slotted flex tube, 200-feet

AccessoriesHinge kit for 4x4 and 4x6 covers (kit of 1)Self-closing hinge (kit of 3)Retainer rings (kit of 10)Trough cover clip kitMitre box and sawQuick knobs (10)Quick knobs (100)Flex tube clamps (kit of 10)

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

FGS-MIDY-5FFGS-MIDY-10FFGS-MIDY-15FFGS-MLDY-100FFGS-MLDY-150FFGS-MLDY-200FFGS-MLDY-250FFGS-MFTY-5FFGS-MFTY-10FFGS-MFTY-15FFGS-MFTY-200F

FGS-HHGKFGS-HVHGFGS-HFRR-10FGS-KT09FGS-MKIT-ABFFGS-KQKBFGS-HQKKFGS-HHEC-10

FGS-KTW2-D

FGS-MIDY

4x12 System Support Kits

Description

New threaded rod bracket (5/8-inch)Existing threaded rod bracket (5/8-inch)Top support threaded rod bracket kitTop support low profile threaded rod bracket kitTrapeze bracket kitLadder rack center support bracket kit

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

FGS-HNTR-F-5/8FGS-HETR-F-5/8FGS-HNTS-F-5/8FGS-HNTS-F-5/8-LPFGS-HNTP-F-5/8FGS-HNLR-F

Page 103: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

97w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Plenum FiberGuide® SystemSystem Description

ADC’s Plenum FiberGuide® System is a fiber cabletrough system that protects optical fibers routedbeneath raised computer room floors and abovesuspended ceilings. These physical areas, used totransport environmental air, are typicallycategorized as plenum air spaces by NationalElectric Code (NEC) Standards. In general, materialsused in these spaces must be nonflammable andmust not emit appreciable amounts of smoke ortoxic gases when exposed to heat or flame.

Made from sturdy aluminum, ADC’s PlenumFiberGuide System protects optical fibers byphysically separating them from coppercommunications cable, power cable, groundcables, heating/ventilating duct, water pipes andmany other obstructions commonly encountered inplenum air spaces.

As seen in Figure 1, the Plenum FiberGuideSystem can be used above a dropped ceiling aswell as below a raised computer floor.

DroppedCeiling

Raised Floor

FiberDistribution

Devices

FiberOptic

Equipment

Figure 1

Figure 2

90° Horizontal Elbow

Up Elbow and Trumpet Flareat Equipment Interface

Horizontal Tee and Conversion at

Branches

Horizontal Tee

Support Kit atTwo FootIntervals

Figure 2 details a layout below a computer floor.All plenum components, including mountinghardware for mounting the FiberGuide to theraised floor struts, are available in the PlenumFiberGuide product line.

For complete ordering information, please contact ADC or visit www.adc.com

Page 104: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

98w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Plenum FiberGuide® SystemSystem Description

Straight sections: U-shaped troughs that provide a protective guideway for optical fibers. Straight sectionsare usually installed horizontally but may also be installed vertically when a system is mounted on multiplelevels. Straight sections are 6 feet in length; covers are also available. The covers snap into place but can beeasily removed for installing fibers.

Fittings: Elbows, tees, crosses, trumpet flares, and conversions. The fittings are used for changing direction,converting from one size system to another, adding branch segments, and routing the fibers into and outof the system. Like the straight sections, snap-on covers are also available for the fittings.

Junction kits: Used for aligning and connecting straight sections and fittings. Two components are joinedby inserting both components into a junction and then pushing them together.

Support kits: Used to support the Plenum FiberGuide system. The short, long, span, and diagonal bracketkits are used for supporting straight sections from round or square tubing.

Flexible tubing: Used in Plenum FiberGuide systems when the exact layout of the equipment droplocations is unknown or when frequent equipment relocations are expected. The flexible tubing is 2 inchesin diameter and attaches to the end of a 2x2, 4x6, or 4x12 straight section with an adapter. When theequipment configuration is known, the flexible tubing is routed to the exact drop location. Other flexibletubing components include splicing couplers, finishing couplers, mounting straps, and additional lengths of tubing.

Both patch cords and IFC cables may be installed in the Plenum FiberGuide system. The required 2-inch bend radius for patch cords is maintained at all points within the system. Intrafacility cables requirethe use of tie down brackets to maintain the required cable bend radius (specified by cable manufacturer)at the various fittings.

2x2 Horizontal Straight Section 4x6 Horizontal Straight Section

4x12 Horizontal Straight Section 2x2, 4x6, and 4x12 Junction Kits

For complete ordering information, please contact ADC or visit www.adc.com

Page 105: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

99w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Plenum FiberGuide® SystemRecommended Patch Cord Densities

Recommended capacity takes into consideration random jumper placement into the FiberGuide® system.Trough capacity refers to the maximum number of fiber jumpers in a given cross-section of a FiberGuide installation.

Using Lab Manual Set-upsPile-up beyond 2 inches is not recommended

1.7 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm

Recommended Patch Cord 120 90 40Density (per in2)

Trough Pile-up

2 inch3 inch4 inch

2x2 FiberGuideSystem

1.7 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm

480 360 160- - -- - -

4x6 FiberGuideSystem

1.7 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm

1440 1080 480- 1620 720- 2160 960

4x12 FiberGuideSystem

1.7 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm

2880 2160 9604320 3240 14405760 4320 1920

1.7 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mmPatch Cords Patch Cords Patch Cords

Maximum Patch Cord 142 102 44Density (per in2)

Using GR-449-CORE Bellcore Formula

Single Patch Cords

Trough Pile-up

2 inch3 inch4 inch

2x2 FiberGuideSystem

1.7 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm

568 408 176- - -- - -

4x6 FiberGuideSystem

1.7 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm

1704 1224 5282556 1836 7923408 2448 1056

4x12 FiberGuideSystem

1.7 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm

3408 2448 10565112 3672 15846862 4896 2112

Recommended Density

Maximum Density

Page 106: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

100w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Plenum FiberGuide® System

The 2x2 Plenum FiberGuide® system interfaces with ADC’s standard 2x2 FiberGuide System and requiresno special conversion piece.

Straight section2x2 straight section - length: 6'

Fittings2x2 horizontal T2x2 horizontal cross2x2 90º horizontal elbow2x2 45º horizontal elbow2x2 90º up elbow2x2 90º down elbow2x2 45º up elbow2x2 45º down elbow

Trumpet flares2x2 trumpet flare – 3 sided2x2 trumpet flare – 4 sided

Conversions2x2 plenum to 4x6 plenum conversion2x2 plenum to 4x12 plenum conversion

Junctions2x2 junction2x2 end cap – requires 2x2 junction

PFGF-PSHS-C PFGC-PSHS-C –

PFGF-PHRT-C PFGC-PHRT-C 3PFGF-PHXP-C PFGC-PHXP-C 4PFGF-PH9E-C PFGC-PH9E-C 2PFGF-PH4E-C PFGC-PH4E-C 2PFGF-PUPE-C PFGC-PUPE-C 2PFGF-PDNE-C PFGC-PDNE-C 2PFGF-PU4E-C PFGC-PU4E-C 2PFGF-PD4E-C PFGC-PD4E-C 2

PFGF-PTRM-C – –PFGF-PFPT-C – –

PFGF-PDSA-C/B PFGC-PDSA-C/B (1) 2x2 (1) 4x6PFGF-PDSA-C/F PFGC-PDSA-C/F (1) 2x2 (1) 4x12

PFGF-PJWR-C – – PFGF-PMEC-C – –

Catalog Number

Number Description Fitting Snap-on Cover of Junctions

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

2x2 System (2" H x 2" W)

Page 107: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

101w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Plenum FiberGuide® System

Catalog Number

Number Description Fitting Snap-on Cover of Junctions

Straight section4x6 straight section – 6' long

Fittings4x6 horizontal T4x6 horizontal cross4x6 90º horizontal elbow4x6 45º horizontal elbow4x6 90º up elbow4x6 90º down elbow4x6 45º up elbow4x6 45º down elbow

Trumpet flares4x6 trumpet flare – 3 sided4x6 trumpet flare – 4 sided

Conversions4x6 plenum to 4x6 standard conversion* One 4x6 plenum junction kit

required; 4x6 standard junction is not required

4x6 plenum to 12" plenum conversion

Junctions4x6 junction 4x6 end cap – requires 4x6 junction

PFGF-PSHS-B PFGC-PSHS-B –

PFGF-PHRT-B PFGC-PHRT-B 3PFGF-PHXP-B PFGC-PHXP-B 4PFGF-PH9E-B PFGC-PH9E-B 2PFGF-PH4E-B PFGC-PH4E-B 2PFGF-PUPE-B PFGC-PUPE-B 2PFGF-PDNE-B PFGC-PDNE-B 2PFGF-PU4E-B PFGC-PU4E-B 2PFGF-PD4E-B PFGC-PD4E-B 2

PFGF-PTRM-B – –PFGF-PFPT-B – –

PFGF-PPSC-B – 1*

PFGF-PDSA-B/F PFGC-PDSA-B/F (1) 4x6, (1) 4x12

PFGF-PJWR-B – –PFGF-PMEC-B – –

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

4x6 System (4" H x 6" W)

4x12 System (4" H x 12" W)

Catalog Number

Number Description Fitting Snap-on Cover of Junctions

Straight section4x12 straight section – 6' long

Fittings4x12 horizontal T4x12 horizontal cross4x12/4x6 horizontal T4x12 90º horizontal elbow4x12 45º horizontal elbow4x12 90º up elbow4x12 90º down elbow4x12 45º up elbow4x12 45º down elbow

Trumpet flares4x12 trumpet flare – 3 sided4x12 trumpet flare – 4 sided

Junctions4x12 junction 4x12 end cap – requires 4x12 junction

PFGF-PSHS-F PFGC-PSHS-F –

PFGF-PHRT-F PFGC-PHRT-F 3PFGF-PHXP-F PFGC-PHXP-F 4PFGF-PHRT-F/B PFGC-PHRT-F/B (2) 4x12, (1) 4x6PFGF-PH9E-F PFGC-PH9E-F 2PFGF-PH4E-F PFGC-PH4E-F 2PFGF-PUPE-F PFGC-PUPE-F 2PFGF-PDNE-F PFGC-PDNE-F 2PFGF-PU4E-F PFGC-PU4E-F 2PFGF-PD4E-F PFGC-PD4E-F 2

PFGF-PTRM-F – –PFGF-PFPT-F – –

PFGF-PJWR-F – –PFGF-PMEC-F – –

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Page 108: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

102w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Plenum FiberGuide® System

Short bracket kitfor use with 2x2 and 4x6 sizes; 8.21" overall length

Short bracket kit with square U-bolt for easy access mounting

Long bracket kitfor use with 2x2, 4x6, and 4x12 sizes; 18.84" overall length

Long bracket kit with square U-bolt for easy access mounting

Span bracket kitfor use with 2x2, 4x6, and 4x12 sizes; spans 24" center to center floor struts

Span bracket kit with square U-bolt for easy access mounting

Diagonal span bracket kitfor use with 2x2, 4x6, and 4x12 sizes; spans diagonally up to 34" between struts

Diagonal span bracket kit with square U-bolt for easy access mounting

PFGF-SSPT-C/B

PFGF-EASSPT-C/B

PFGF-LSPT-C/B/F

PFGF-EALSPT-C/B/F

PFGF-ESPT-C/B/F

PFGF-EAESPT-C/B/F

PFGF-DSPT-C/B/F

PFGF-EADSPT-C/B/F

Description Catalog Number

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

All support bracket kits fit round support pedestals sizes 0.5" to 1.125".

Accessories (Support Bracket Kits)

Accessories (Flexible Tubing)

One hose adapter, with 5' (1.53 m) hoses and finishing couplers

Two hose adapter, with 5' (1.53 m) hoses and finishing couplers

Extension tube, 5' (1.53 m) long with splice coupler

Finishing coupler

Mounting strap

Splicing coupler

Flexible tubing, 2" (5.08 cm) inner diameter(X = length in feet: 5, 15, 35, 75, 110, 150)

Tie down bracket for IFC

PFGF-KT03-C

PFGF-KT03-B

PFGF-HEXT

PFGF-HFIN

PFGF-HMST

PFGF-HSPL

PFGF-MIDY-XFI

PFGF-PIFC

Description Catalog Number

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Page 109: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

103w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

PowerWorx® Power Distribution ProductsSelect Series™ Fuse Platform

Catalog Number

LED Configuration

Power on and fuse alarm LEDs Fuse alarm LED only

PF

Alarm Contact Connection

Wire-wrapScrew-down barrier terminal strip

WS

PWX-041 CR

Two-hole compressionlug (stud type)

Powering Input

C

AccessStandard (front and rear access)R

Panel Color and Mounting

Putty white, EIA/WECO mountingPutty white, ETSI mounting

PW

S

Screw-down barrier terminal strip

Powering Output

A2 G4* 2 TPA, 4 GMTA2 G5** 2 TPA, 5 GMTA2 G1** 2 TPA, 10 GMTA2 XX 2 TPA per busA4 G4* 4 TPA, 4 GMTA4 G5** 4 TPA, 5 GMTA4 G1** 4 TPA, 10 GMT A4 XX 4 TPA per busK2 G4* 2 KLM/KTK, 4 GMTK2 G5** 2 KLM/KTK, 5 GMTK2 G1** 2 KLM/KTK, 10 GMTK2 XX 2 KLM/KTK per bus K3 G4* 3 KLM/KTK, 4 GMTK3 G5** 3 KLM/KTK, 5 GMTK3 G1** 3 KLM/KTK, 10 GMTK3 XX 3 KLM/KTK per busK4 G4* 4 KLM/KTK, 4 GMTK4 XX 4 KLM/KTK per busK5 XX 5 KLM/KTK per busM2 G4* 2 TPM, 4 GMTM2 G5** 2 TPM, 5 GMTM2 G1 2 TPM, 10 GMTM2 XX 2 TPM per busM3 G4* 3 TPM, 4 GMTM3 G5** 3 TPM, 5 GMTM3 G1** 3 TPM, 10 GMTM3 XX 3 TPM per busM4 G4* 4 TPM, 4 GMTM4 XX 4 TPM per busM5 XX 5 TPM per busG1 XX** 10 GMT per bus

Fuse Configuration

Dual Input Power Configuration

Dual bus configuration Single bus configuration

YN

S

* G4 configurations accept fuses rated up to 15 Amps.

** G1 and G5 configurations accept fuses up to 10 Amps.

In this combination, center to center spacing is 0.250". Distance between barrier walls is 0.200" (3-48 screw post). This applies only for the GMT terminal block.

Note: Other configurations are available upon request.

As data and telephony converge, networkelements with varying amperage requirements areoften mixed within the same bay. The SelectSeries™ fuse platform enables service providers tofuse this equipment from one platform, in a singlerack unit, making the most of valuable space. Itscompact footprint and versatility are well-suited forcollocation applications where high-amperageequipment such as routers, DSLAMs, and SONETgear is installed with lower-amperage equipment.Its patent-pending modular design enables serviceproviders to combine TPA, KTK/KLM, TPM or GMTfuses within a single rack unit. Input power up to100 Amps per bus with up to 50 Amps outputpower per fuse position is available.

For complete specifications, please contact ADC.

Page 110: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

104w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

PowerWorx® Power Distribution ProductsUninterrupted Power GMT Series

To ensure constant powering of fused network equipment, the Uninterrupted Power GMT Series featurestwo input power feeds. If power to one fails, the other serves as backup – taking on the load of the failedcircuit while maintaining its own load. Schottky-steering diodes ensure panel uptime until input power isrestored, while a patent-pending heat dissipation design ensures safety. The panel offers input power up to 60 Amps per bus.

Catalog Number

GMTFuse Type

Fuse Configuration*CHASSIS HEIGHT

STANDARD TOTAL FRONT ACCESSDual power feed, 10/10 position 1.75" (4.44 cm) 3.50" (8.89 cm)

G

Putty whiteBlack

Panel ColorPB

D10

*Custom fuse panel configurations available with certain minimums**EIA (Electronic Industries Association), WECO (Western Electric Company), ETSI (European Telecommunications Standards Institute)

LED Configuration

Power on and fuse alarm LEDs (per fuse holder)

P

Alarm Contact Connection

Wire-wrapScrew-down barrier terminal strip

WS

PWX-011 G

Two-hole compressionlug (stud type)Set screw barrel connector

Powering InputC

S

Mounting Option**

Screw-down barrier terminal stripSet screw barrel terminal strip

Powering OutputS

B

AccessStandard (front and rear access)Total front access (no rear access)

RF

D10 P

EIA/WECOETSI

DE

-

For complete specifications, please contact ADC.

Page 111: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

105w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

PowerWorx® Power Distribution ProductsTraditional GMT Series

Catalog Number

GMTFuse Type

Fuse Configuration*CHASSIS HEIGHT

STANDARD TOTAL FRONT ACCESS

Single power feed, 10 positionSingle power feed, 20 positionSingle power feed, 40 positionDual power feed, 10/10 positionDual power feed, 20/20 position

1.75" (4.44 cm)1.75" (4.44 cm)1.75" (4.44 cm)1.75" (4.44 cm)1.75" (4.44 cm)

1.75" (4.44 cm)3.50" (8.89 cm)3.50" (8.89 cm)3.50" (8.89 cm)3.50" (8.89 cm)

G

Putty whiteBlack

Panel ColorPB

S10S20S40D10D20

*Custom fuse panel configurations available with certain minimums**EIA (Electronic Industries Association), WECO (Western Electric Company), ETSI (European Telecommunications Standards Institute)

LED Configuration

Power on and fuse alarm LEDs (per fuse holder)Fuse alarm LED only(per fuse panel)

P

F

Alarm Contact Connection

Wire-wrapScrew-down barrier terminal strip

WS

PWX-001 G

Two-hole compressionlug (stud type)Set screw barrel connector

Powering InputC

S

Screw-down barrier terminal stripSet screw barrel terminal strip

Powering OutputS

B

AccessStandard (front and rear access)Total front access (no rear access)

RF

Mounting Option**EIA/WECOETSI

DE

With input power up to 65 Amps per bus, theTraditional GMT Series eliminates the need to stockvarying amperage fuse panels. Fuse management is simplified by accommodating up to 15 Amps of output power per fuse position – without theneed to space fuses. A self-configuring voltage and polarity feature allows a single panel to support most applications, providing ±24Vdc or ±48Vdc power.

For complete specifications, please contact ADC.

Page 112: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

106w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

PowerWorx® Power Distribution ProductsAdvantage Series™ Platform

The Advantage Series platform accepts input power up to 300 Amps per bus, up to 125 Amps perhigh-current output position, and up to 15 Amps per GMT fuse position (optional). A patent-pendingdesign, the Advantage Series platform can be configured to meet unique network powering needs.Select from various input power cable routing types, fusing options and alarm connectors. Industrystandard “bullet” terminal breakers or fuses can be mixed within a single panel, allowing maximumflexibility.

PowerWorx panels are independently tested to comply with the industry’s highest standards,including CE, IEC, UL, NEBS Level 3, Telcordia (Bellcore), CSA, and NEC 2002.

Compact, flexible PowerWorx configurations suit most network applications. Using the universalmounting brackets, the panel can be flush- or recess-mounted into 19-inch (48.3 cm) and 23-inch(58.4 cm) Electronic Industries Association (EIA) and Western Electric Company (WECO) racks.

Catalog Number

PWX-061R__ __ __ __ __ __ __

BusD Dual

High-Current Output Per Bus

6 6-position

GMT Fuses

Y Yes (4/bus)N No

GMT Output Connector

S Screw-downX No GMT fuses

requested

Input Cabling

T Top-down with GMT fusesX No GMT fuses

ColorP Putty

Alarm Terminal TypeS Screw-downW Wire-wrap

D 6 P

For complete specifications, please contact ADC.

Page 113: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

107w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

FingerguardFG-01AFront View

Designation CardDCK-01A

PowerWorx® Power Distribution ProductsAdvantage Series™ Platform

Accessories

*Carling Breakers *TPC Fuses/Fuse Holder

1 AMP: CA1-X0-09-571-A21-MG 15 AMP: TPC-1510 AMP: CA1-X0-09-572-A21-MG 20 AMP: TPC-2020 AMP: CA1-X0-09-573-A21-MG 25 AMP: TPC-2530 AMP: CA1-X0-09-574-A21-MG 30 AMP: TPC-3040 AMP: CA1-X0-09-575-A21-MG 40 AMP: TPC-4050 AMP: CA1-X0-09-576-A21-MG 50 AMP: TPC-5060 AMP: CA1-X0-09-577-A21-MG 60 AMP: TPC-6075 AMP: CA1-X0-09-578-A21-MG 75 AMP: TPC-7590 AMP: CA1-X0-09-634-A21-MG 90 AMP: TPC-90100 AMP: CA1-X0-09-635-A21-MG 100 AMP: TPC-100

125 AMP: TPC-125*TPC Fuse Holder - TPCDS-BBE-2

*Other ratings upon request.

Compression LugsFor Two-Hole Stud-type Input Power Connections

Description

Compression lug, ships two per pack 2 AWG 1 AWG 1/0 AWG 2/0 AWG3/0 AWG 4/0 AWG250 KCMil300 KCMil350 KCMil

Catalog Number

CL-02MCL-01MCL-01M0CL-02M0CL-03M0CL-04M0CL-250MCL-300MCL-350M

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Compression lugs provide a robust and reliable electro-mechanical connection.

Miscellaneous Accessories

Description

Circuit breaker fingerguards, ships 12 per packCircuit breaker/TPC fuse designation cards,

ships 12 per pack*TPC fuse holder adapter, ships 12 per pack

* Required for mounting TPC fuse holder in Advantage Platform

Catalog Number

FG-01A

DCK-01AFHA-01A

FingerguardFG-01ASide View

FHA-01A

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Page 114: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

108w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

PowerWorx® Accessories

Description

Fuse puller, ships two per pack

Catalog Number

FP-G

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

GMT Fuse Puller

The compact puller grips firmly to remove GMT fuses.

Description

Designation card holder kit Includes:1 plastic designation card holder2 designation cards and window

Catalog Number

DCK-02

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Designation cards held in pressure-sensitive card holder enableeasy identification and location of fused equipment.

Designation Card Holder and Cards

Description

GMT designation pin holder ships two per packHolds up to ten fuse designation pins Adhesive back allows for quick and easy mounting

Catalog Number

DPK-01

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

GMT designation pin holder securely holds designation pins for improvedfuse value identification.

GMT Designation Pin Holder

Page 115: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

109w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

PowerWorx® Accessories

Fuses

Description

TPM Fuses

Miniature FuseMiniature FuseMiniature FuseMiniature FuseMiniature FuseMiniature FuseMiniature FuseMiniature FuseMiniature FuseMiniature FuseMiniature FuseMiniature FuseMiniature Disconnect, EnglishMiniature Disconnect, Metric

Catalog Number

TPM-03TPM-04TPM-05TPM-06TPM-07TPM-08TPM-10TPM-12TPM-15TPM-20TPM-25TPM-30TPMDS-ETPMDS-M

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Ampere Rating

3 Amp4 Amp5 Amp6 Amp7 Amp8 Amp10 Amp12 Amp15 Amp20 Amp25 Amp30 Amp3-30 Amp3-30 Amp

Description

TPA Fuses -Alarm Indicator

3 Amps5 Amps

10 Amps15 Amps20 Amps25 Amps30 Amps40 Amps50 Amps

Catalog Number

TPA-03TPA-05TPA-10TPA-15TPA-20TPA-25TPA-30TPA-40TPA-50

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

KLM Fuses -Non-Indicator*

5 Amps10 Amps15 Amps20 Amps25 Amps30 AmpsKLM Dummy

* All KLM fuse modules house a fuse alarm indicating red LED.

Catalog Number

KLM-05KLM-10KLM-15KLM-20KLM-25KLM-30KLM Dummy

Page 116: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

110w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

PowerWorx® Accessories

Fuse Size

2/10 Amps1/4 Amps3/8 Amps1/2 Amps3/4 Amps

1 Amps1-1/3 Amps1-1/2 Amps

2 Amps2-1/2 Amps

3 Amps3-1/2 Amps

4 Amps5 Amps

7-1/2 Amps10 Amps12 Amps15 Amps

Dummy GMT

Color ofIndicator

Black-RedVioletWhite-GreenRedBrownGrayWhiteWhite-YellowOrangeOrange-WhiteBlueWhite-BlueWhite-BrownGreenBlack-WhiteRed-WhiteYellow-GreenRed-Blue

Pin CatalogNumber

P-2/10P-1/4P-3/8P-1/2P-3/4P-1P-1 1/3P-1 1/2P-2P-2 1/2P-3P-3 1/2P-4P-5P-7 1/2P-10P-12P-15

Fuse CatalogNumber

F-2/10F-1/4F-3/8F-1/2F-3/4F-1F-1 1/3F-1 1/2F-2F-2 1/2F-3F-3 1/2F-4F-5F-7 1/2F-10F-12F-15

GMT Dummy

Color ofDesignation Pin

Black-RedVioletWhite-GreenRedBrownGrayWhiteWhite-YellowOrangeOrange-WhiteBlueWhite-BlueWhite-BrownGreenBlack-WhiteRed-WhiteYellow-GreenRed-Blue

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

GMT Fuses/Fuse Designation Pins – Alarm Indicator

Compression Lugs For Two-Hole Stud-type Input Power Connections

Description

Compression lug, ships two per pack 2 AWG 4 AWG 6 AWG 14 AWG

Catalog Number

CL-02MCL-04MCL-06MCL-14M

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Compression lugs provide a robust and reliable electro-mechanical connection.

Cable Management Bars For Standard (Front and Rear Access) Fuse Panels

Description

Cable management bar Putty white

Catalog Number

CMB-P-19

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Page 117: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

111w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

DSX Modular Rear Cross-ConnectRZX-3 Modules

RZX-3 is designed as a total system solution – not just components. Focused on simplifying the solution,the system approach provides ease of expansion, streamlines cross-connect jumper installation and reducespremature jumper exhaustion. And with one part number ordering, engineering, purchasing andinstallation labor is greatly reduced.

Highest DensityWith the possibility of 336 midsize jack ports utilizing BNC connector interfaces in a 2.2 m rack, the newRZX-3 has more capacity than any other midsize DSX available.

Cable ManagementSuperior cable management all within the 600 mm footprint.

FlexibilityWith its “plug and play” architecture, the RZX-3 system is fully modular throughout chassis, circuit framesand jacks. Individual BNC circuit frames remove easily from the chassis, providing the most simplified andcost-effective restoral capabilities available.

DurabilityADC’s robust DSX jack is constructed with mechanical support to ensure long service life, unlike the lowerquality solder-type connections on a printed circuit board often found in other systems. The die-cast coaxialjacks are rigorously tested with over 10,000 insertion/withdrawal cycles. The solid cylinder design has aclosed entry contact to prevent spring contact overstress.

ReliabilityADC doesn't use Teflon insulators, ensuring true 75 Ohm impedance. RZX-3’s sealed jack has firewallprotection preventing environmental contaminants from disturbing switch contacts.

Make-Before-Break Switching ContactsMake-before-break contacts ensure that high speed signals never go open or unterminated during in-service patching. DS3 signals are always terminated to a 75 Ohm load, preventing signal oscillation that canlead to bit errors during patching.

RZX-3 Chassis

Page 118: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

112w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Each module provides an IN and OUT switching jack for direct access to the network element’s input andoutput signals. These jacks provide a means to temporarily break the connection between networkelements that are cross-connected together and allow access to the signals for test and patchingoperations. A MONITOR jack with a high impedance bridge network (21.5 dB below the active signal) isconnected to the OUT jack for nonintrusive access to the output signal of each network element.

3-Port: IN and OUT switching jacks and a single MONITOR jack

4-Port: IN and OUT switching jacks and a dual MONITOR jack

6-Port: IN and OUT switching jacks and a dual MONITOR jack

The rear cross-connect modules have jacks for temporary access on the front of the modules, permanentequipment cable interface connections on the rear of the modules, and semi-permanent cross-connectinterface connections on the rear of the modules.

RZX-3 modules have rear BNC or 1.6/5.6 connectors staggered high and low across the chassis in order toobtain the ultimate in system density. Modules may be ordered individually or in multipack kits. Module kitsinclude a combination of BNC or 1.6/5.6 high and BNC or 1.6/5.6 low modules.

DSX Modular Rear Cross-ConnectRZX-3 Modules

Description

Dual monitor

Single monitor

Dual monitor

Dual monitor

Odd Chassis Position

DSX-4R-MB160

DSX-4R-MG130

DSX-4R-MG140

DSX-4R-MG160

Even Chassis Position

DSX-4R-MB260

DSX-4R-MG230

DSX-4R-MG240

DSX-4R-MG260

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Module Type

6-port module, BNC

3-port module, 1.6/5.6

4-port module, 1.6/5.6

6-port module, 1.6/5.6

3 Port Module 4 Port Module

3-Port — providesmonitoring to OUT jack only

4-Port — providesmonitoring for both

IN and OUT jacks

Module Rear View

IN

MONITOR MONITOR

OUTOUT

MONITOR

IN

MONITOR

MONITOR

IN

OUT

X-OUT

X-IN

6-Port — provides monitoringfor both IN and OUT

jacks and access to the cross-connect

Page 119: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

113w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

The RZX-3 rear cross-connect system supports 24 terminations in a single chassis. For easy circuitidentification, LEDs are mounted on the front and the rear of the chassis. The chassis has a rear cable trayto accommodate maximum cable density.

DSX Modular Rear Cross-ConnectRZX-3 Chassis

Description

Empty chassis accommodates 24 terminations

Catalog Number

DSX4R-D24

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Features

• Empty classes mounts in 600 mm DSX-3 skeleton bay (IBR-3RSC001)

• Red flashing LED on front and rear of the chassis for easy circuit identification

• Rear cable tray to accommodate the maximum cable density

Each position of the preterminated chassis isequipped with a circuit frame including BNCreceptacles. Network elements are cabled duringinitial installation. When service turn-up is required,a jack kit is plugged into the circuit frame tocomplete the circuit and provide jack access fortesting and patching. Each jack kit consists of anupper and lower jack.

Preterminated Option

Description

Preterminated chassis Allows network elements to be cabled to the chassis without deploying the jacks. This allows the cost of jacks to be deferred until revenue is generated.

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

DSX4R-24B0-D24

RZX-3 Chassis

Page 120: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

114w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

ADC offers skeleton bays, preassembled bays with all cable andjumper management, but no chassis or modules. Preprovisioning all cable management ensures that existing jumpers need never betouched when chassis are added to the bay. Jumper routing isnever restricted since all wireways are preprovisioned.

DSX Modular Rear Cross-ConnectRZX-3 Skeleton Bay

The end guard offers protection and a finished appearance to thebeginning and end of the lineup.

RZX-3 End Guard

Description

600 mm skeleton bayPreassembled with all cable and jumpermanagement. The frame supports 14 chassisor a total of 336 terminations. Chassis and modules are ordered separately.

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

IBR-D3S002

Description

RZX-3 end guard

Catalog Number

RAC-0B0748

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Page 121: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

115w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Features

• Provides bidirectional, nonintrusive signal testing

• Supports E1 (2.048 Mbps), E3 (34.368 Mbps), or STM-1 (155.52 Mbps) signal rate applications

• Modular design allows for capital investment to coincide with revenue growth

• Mounts in standard 600 mm bays

• Quality cable management and circuit identification markings

Digital Distribution Frame System

ApplicationThe Digital Distribution Frame system (DDF) is used primarily in collocation environments and customerpremises as a connection point between NEs. Each NE is semi-permanently cabled to IN/OUT connectorsin either the front or rear of each module. The digital signal is accessed through the two MON OUTconnectors on the front of each module for testing and monitoring. These dual monitor ports allowaccess to both directions of the circuit from a single location. This saves valuable technician time whenthe other side of the termination is located far away, in another room, or is inaccessible.

Network�Element A

Tx OUT

OUT

IN

Rx IN

Network�Element Z

Tx OUT

Rx IN�

DMM

MONZ-OUT

MONA-OUT

OUT

IN

TestUnit

Page 122: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

116w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Features

• Front, dual monitor ports on all module styles

• BNC or 1.6/5.6 connectors provide true 75 Ohm characteristic impedance

• All module styles are compatible with any DMM 600 mm chassis style

DMM-BBNCMFRear and Front View

DMM-BBNCFRear and Front View

DMM-BBNCBLKRear and Front View

DMM-1656MFRear and Front View

DMM-1656FRear and Front View

DMM-1656BLKRear and Front View

Connector Type

BNC

BNC

BNC bulkhead

1.6/5.6

1.6/5.6

1.6/5.6 bulkhead

Blank plate

Catalog Number

DMM-BBNCMF

DMM-BBNCF

DMM-BBNCBLK

DMM-1656MF

DMM-1656F

DMM-1656BLK

DMM-BLANK

IN/OUT ConnectorLocations

Rear

Front and Rear

Front and Rear

Rear

Front and Rear

Front and Rear

N/A

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Digital Distribution Frame SystemModules

Page 123: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

117w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Digital Distribution Frame SystemStandard Configuration

D3C-0024TFront View

Features

• 288 total circuits in fully loaded bay

• Cable bars and front cable trays, with cable tie-downs, reduce cable congestion and simplifymaintenance

• Circuit designation labels above connectors andon cable tray ensure proper cable routing andidentification

• Bay equipped with cable troughs, vertical wiringducts, and equipment cable tie-down bars

• Zone 4 earthquake-rated rack with EIAmounting spacing

Description

Unloaded chassisAccommodates up to 24 modules

600 mm skeleton bayAccommodates up to 12 chassis

Catalog Number

D3C-0024T

IBR-D3C002

Dimensions(HxWxD)

113 x 482.6 x 228.6 mm(4.4" x 19" x 9")

2200 x 600 x 475 mm(86.6" x 23.6" x 18.7")

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

IBR-D3C002 Side View

475 mm�(18.7")

600 mm[23.6]

2200 mm[86.6]

449.6 mm[17.7]

1

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

LOWER CABLE TROUGH

UPPER CABLE TROUGH

RESERVED FOR�MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS

IBR-D3C002Front View

Page 124: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

118w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Digital Distribution Frame SystemWall Mount Box

D3C-WBOX06 Front View

Features

• Used as a demarcation point when NEs aresupplied by the service provider and by thecustomer

• Separate locks on each door secureconnections from unwanted access

Description

Unloaded wall mount boxAccommodates up to 6 modules

Catalog Number

D3C-WBOX06

Dimensions(HxWxD)

267 x 203 x 114 mm(10.5" x 8" x 4.5")

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Note: Modules are ordered separately

Specifications

ELECTRICALInsertion Loss: Better than -.5 dB, 100 KHz to 100 MHz

Better than -.8 dB, 100 MHz to 300 MHzReturn Loss: Better than -20 dB, 100 KHz to 300 MHzMonitor Loading Effect: < .4 dB change in insertion loss to 300 MHzMonitor Level: 21.5 ± 1.5 dB, 100 KHz to 300 MHzIsolation: < -55 dB at 22.368 MHzCross Talk: < -55 dB at 22.368 MHzPhase Delay < 4 nanoseconds to 300 MHzPulse Template: Conform to CCITT Recomm. G.703

MECHANICALRetention Force: 7 lbs. minimumRetention Torque: 4" per lbs. minimum

ENVIRONMENTALThermal Shock: -40ºC to +60ºC operating

-55ºC to +85ºC non-operatingMoisture Resistance: 0% to 95%

Page 125: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

119w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

DSX-3 Patch Cords

PCH-MMXB-003

Description

DSX-3 patch cords

Used to patch between DSX-3 jacks

• Midsize plugs • With RG59 type cable

Catalog Number

PCH-MMXB-XXX

Replace XXX with desired patch cord length (001 to 050 feet).

DSX-3 Patch Cords (with RG59 type cable)

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Factory-Terminated Rear Cross-Connect Jumpers

Catalog Number

XCC- ___ ___ X ___ - ___

*Standard Jumper Lengths: 3', 6', 9', 12', 15', 18', 20', 25', 30', 35', 40', 45', 50' (.92, 1.83, 2.75, 3.66, 4.58, 5.49, 6.1, 7.63, 9.15, 10.68, 12.2, 13.73, 15.25 m)

Ordering Example:Catalog number XCC-BBXD-015: 15' (4.58 m) dual cross-connect jumper using 735 type coaxial cable with tracer messenger wire, (2) BNC connectors and tracer pin factory-terminated on both ends of cable.

Connector Interface Type onFirst End of Jumper

Factory-terminated BNC connectorFactory-terminated 16./5.6 connectors

BG

Coaxial Cable Type

C Single 735 with tracer messenger wire (4J, 4U, 4H, 4M compatible)D Dual 735 with tracer messenger wire

Jumper Length*

XXX Length in feet (001 thru 050)

Connector Interface Type onSecond End of Jumper

Factory-terminated BNC connectorFactory-terminated 1.6/5.6 connectors

BG

XCC-BBXD-003

Connector(s) and tracer pin(s)factory-terminated on both ends.

Catalog Number

PHC - ___ ___ X ___ - ___

*Standard Patch Cord Lengths: 3', 6', 9', 12', 15', 18', 20', 25', 30', 35', 40', 45', 50' (.92, 1.83, 2.75, 3.66, 4.58, 5.49, 6.1, 7.63, 9.15, 10.68, 12.2, 13.73, 15.25 m)

Connector Interface Type onFirst End of Patch Cord

Factory-terminated BNC connectorFactory-terminated 16./5.6 connectors

BG

Coaxial Cable Type

C Single 735 with tracer messenger wire (4J, 4U, 4H, 4M compatible)D Dual 735 with tracer messenger wire

Patch Cord Length*

XXX Length in feet (001 thru 050)

Connector Interface Type onSecond End of Patch Cord

Factory-terminated BNC connectorFactory-terminated 1.6/5.6 connectors

BG

Ordering Example:Catalog number PHC-BBXD-015: 15' (4.58 m) dual cross-connect jumper using 735 type coaxial cable with (2) BNC connectorsterminated on both ends of cable.

Factory-Terminated Patch Cords

Page 126: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

120w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

TNC-3

DSX-3 Accessories

BNC-RA-3

*In addition to the .042" square pin crimp, all connectors listed above are compatible with a 12 pointmethod of crimping.

BNC-3

Catalog Number

Straight BNCConnectorsBNC-3BNC-7BNC-2BNC-1BNC-4

Right Angle BNCConnectorsBNC-RA-3BNC-RA-7BNC-RA-2BNC-RA-1BNC-RA-4

Straight TNCConnectorsTNC-3TNC-7TNC-2TNC-1TNC-4

Cable Type

735A0222RG59734728

735A0222RG59734728

735A0222RG59734728

Outer Jack Diameter

0.127"0.155"0.241"0.236"0.305"

0.127"0.155"0.241"0.236"0.305"

0.127"0.155"0.241"0.236"0.305"

Center Conductor

26 gauge24 gauge23 gauge20 gauge20 gauge

26 gauge24 gauge23 gauge20 gauge20 gauge

26 gauge24 gauge23 gauge20 gauge20 gauge

Sleeve

0.178"0.197"0.255"0.255"0.324"

0.178"0.197"0.255"0.255"0.324"

0.178"0.197"0.255"0.255"0.324"

Center Pin*

0.042"0.042"0.042"0.042"0.042"

0.042"0.042"0.042"0.042"0.042"

0.042"0.042"0.042"0.042"0.042"

Cable Dimensions Connector Crimp

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

PGS-110005

PGS-110006

Description

Tracer pin and sleeve – 1 each

Tracer pin and sleeve – 100 piece kit

Coaxial Connectors

Tracer Pins

Page 127: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

121w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

DSX-3 Accessories

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

LCA-000009

BT2000TT1000

DSX-3 CCUT

WT-2

WD-2WD-3WD-1

STC-13BSTC-12BSTC-11B

CCS-BLK

Description

Adjustable cable termination tray for 19" or 23" chassis

Insertion/withdrawal toolBNC connectorTNC connector

Coaxial cable cutter

Crimp tool

Crimp die set for WT-2 tool735, RG59 and 734 cables0222 cableRG59, 734 and 728 cables

Stripping tool with black cassette for BNC or TNC connector 735A/0222 cablesRG59/734 cables728 cables

Replacement cassette (black) for BNC or TNC connector 735A/0222/RG59/734/728 cables

LCA-000009

BT2000

TT1000

WT-2

STC-13B

DSX-3 CCUT

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

BNC-TOOL-1

Description

Connection tool kit

Includes: • Crimp tool (WT-2)• BNC crimp die set for 735, RG59 and 734 cables (WD-2)• Stripping tool with cassette for 735/0222 cables (STC-13B)• Stripping tool with cassette for RG59/734 cables (STC-12B)• Cable termination tray (LCA-000009)• Insertion/withdrawal tool for BNC connector (BT2000)• Carrying case

BNC-TOOL-1

Tool Kit

Coaxial Tools

Page 128: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

122w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

2 Mbps DSX Front Cross-Connect Solutions600 mm 2 Mbps DSX Product Family

Digital signal cross-connect (DSX) products are used to connect one piece of digital telecommunicationsequipment to another. This simplifies equipment connections and provides a convenient test access pointas well as a convenient location for rearranging and restoring circuits. Cross-connecting network elementsof a DSX is a simple, efficient way of organizing a facility's digital telecommunications equipment.

There are three basic areas in a DSX. The wire termination area for terminating the signal (wire) from anetwork element. The cross-connect area, used to connect the two DSXs that have terminated the signalsfrom two digital network elements. And finally, the heart of the DSX, the jack. Each DSX jack provides anOUT, IN and MONITOR signal access point. The OUT and IN switching jacks provide direct access to thenetwork element's input and output signals. These jacks provide a means of temporarily breaking theconnection between DSX panels that are cross-connected together and allow access to the signals for testand patching operations. A MONITOR jack with high impedance bridge networking is connected to theOUT jack for nonintrusive access to the output signal of each network element.

At 2.048 Mbps rate, DSX-1 panels connect network equipment such as office repeater bays, channelbanks, multiplexers, digital switches, loop carriers, loop switches, radio, fiber optic systems, and other 2 Mbps equipment.

OUTIN

DSX

PERMANENTEQUIPMENT

CABLE

Network�Element A

Tx OUT OUT OUT

IN INRx IN

X-OUT

X-IN

M

O

I

DSX

PERMANENTEQUIPMENT

CABLE

Network�Element B

Tx OUTX-OUT

X-IN Rx IN

OUT

MON MON

INTypical DSX

Semi-Permanent

CrossConnectJumper

LEDTracerWire

Test�Box

Test�Box

Monitoring and testing with traditional DSX requires finding and going to two locations for complete circuit testing.It also requires access to both DSX sites and the time necessary to travel and setup test gear in two locations.

DSX Features and Benefits

• OUT/IN jacks – Fast and easy access to circuits for testing, monitoring and patching

• Bantam die-cast jacks – Guarantees quality and reliability over time

• Flashing LEDs available in a variety of colors – Provides easy circuit identification

• Multiple designs and configurations – Design optimized for each application

• Coax and 120 Ohm connections provide the flexibility to connect 75 Ohm equipment to 120 Ohm equipment

DSX Introduction

Traditional DSX Application

Page 129: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

123w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

The Products

The 600 mm skeleton bay is the basis of ADC’s 2 Mbps DSX product offering. The fully-assembled baymeets the standard ETSI 600 mm wide x 2200 mm tall footprint. The fuse panel and all the necessary cablemanagement are factory-installed in the bay making installation and ordering fast and easy. DSX panels areadded in the field as needed. The 600 mm skeleton bay is compatible with all ADC 64-termination DSXpanels. A total of 832 twisted pair or coaxial terminations fit in each bay.

Loaded 600 mm Skeleton Bay Empty 600 mm Skeleton Bay DSX 64-Termination Panel

PxPlus™ Panel

FlexDSX™ Panel

2 Mbps DSX Front Cross-Connect Solutions600 mm 2 Mbps DSX Product Family

Page 130: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

124w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

2 Mbps DSX Front Cross-Connect SolutionsProduct Selection Guide

FlexDSX™ PanelsFlexDSX panels offer four-port jack access with dual monitor for applications where the cross-connectmay be located far away or is inaccessible such as in collocation applications. The dual monitor port alsoallows for fast isolation of problems as both sides of the circuit can be accessed easily from onetermination. The jacks are individually removable and the backplane terminations are removable in groupsof four.

PxPlus™ PanelsIdeal for applications requiring three-port jack access and true cost-deferment as equipment cables can bepreterminated and jacks can be added as needed. If the chassis has more than 60% of its terminationsturned up within one year, the fixed, non-modular DSX 64 panels may be a better choice for a highgrowth environment.

DSX 64-Termination PanelsIdeal for applications where individual circuit modularity is not required. This is a fixed, non-modular 64 termination panel with three-port jack access.

Feature/Need FlexDSX PxPlus DSX 64

64 terminations/panel (Balun & twisted pair) X X X

Mounts in IBF-RSC021 skeleton bay X X X

(832) 2 Mbps terminations per bay X X X

Tracer LED X X X

Ability to prewire backplane X X X

Oversized labels X X X

In-service patching and circuit rearrangement X X X

Balun options (BNC & 1.6/5.6) X X X

Patching and monitoring capabilities X X X

Removable jacks X X

Dual monitor (4 port jacks) X

Variety of backplanes and connector options Xto fit into 1 chassis

Page 131: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

125w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

2 Mbps DSX Front Cross-Connect SolutionsADC 600 mm Skeleton Bay for FlexDSX™, PxPlus™ and DSX64 Panels

The 600 mm skeleton bay is designed for FlexDSX, PxPlus and DSX 64-termination panels. The fully-assembled bay meets the standard ETSI 600 mm wide x 2.2 meter tall footprint for easy office planning.Rack mounting will also accommodate standard 48.26 cm (19 inch) panels. Fuse panels and all thenecessary cable management are factory-installed in the bay, making ordering and installation fast and easy.DSX panels are added in the field as needed. OUT (Tx) and IN (Rx) cable ways for equipment terminationssupport the use of either 120 Ohm twisted pair or 75 Ohm coaxial cable. The skeleton bay can be mountedon either concrete or raised floor.

600 mm Empty Skeleton Bay 600 mm Skeleton BayFront Jumper Rings

(shown with panels installed)

600 mm

Extra rack space reserved formiscellaneous applications (such as cross aisle panels or monitorpanels) or for additional DSX panels(up to [832] 2 Mbps terminations)

High-density supports up to (12)5.25-inch (13.34 cm) panels or (768)2 Mbps terminations (120 Ohm or 75 Ohm) per bay

Single part number simplifiesordering and installation

Rings and troughs – preprovisionedjumper management ensures existingwiring is not disturbed duringexpansion or maintenance

Cable tie down bars on the rear ofthe bay eliminate the need for fillerpanels and end guards

600 mm width aligns perfectly with raised floor tile dimensions and simplifies office engineering and planning

Panels mount over the rings – no need for removal of rings during installation

All metric hardware allows easyreplacement for misplaced screws

Description

Skeleton bay front cross-connect

Catalog Number

IBF-RSC021

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Note: Bays come fully-loaded with cable troughs, cable rings, fuse panel and grounding kits.The bay holds up to nine 7-inch (17.78cm) high modules.

Page 132: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

126w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

The FlexDSX platform from ADC embodies the ultimate flexibility in circuit access. The 4-port jack cardprovides dual monitor capability. Dual monitoring allows nonintrusive monitoring in both directions of a 2 Mbps signal from a single DSX location. Monitoring a circuit in both directions from a single DSXlocation will save time when troubleshooting the network because test gear isn’t moved to a second DSXlocation to test the complete circuit. Dual monitoring also gives access to complete circuits when theother end of the cross-connection is not available, as in the situation where collocation of two carriersexists and the cross-connection between DSX provide the point of interconnection.

FlexDSX products also provide flexibility in deploying your resources. The completely modular designallows you to deploy modules and chassis on an as-needed basis. By creating a lineup of skeleton baysand filling the bays with chassis and modules only as needed, you can defer capital expenses until theequipment is ready to create a revenue stream.

In today's multinational, multiservice environment, FlexDSX products offer a variety of standardterminations. From wire-wrap to coax to RJ45 connectors, FlexDSX products offer the option to terminate2 Mbps equipment from a single location.

OUTIN

FlexDSX

PERMANENTEQUIPMENT

CABLE

Network�Element A

Tx OUT OUT OUT

IN INRx IN

X-OUT

X-IN

M

O

I

FlexDSX

PERMANENTEQUIPMENT

CABLE

Network�Element B

Tx OUTX-OUT

X-IN Rx IN

OUT

MON MON

IN

Typical DSXSemi-

PermanentCross

ConnectJumper

LEDTracerWire

Test�Box

MON MON

FlexDSX products provide the convenience and time-saving feature of testing and monitoring the signal in both directions from one location.

2 Mbps DSX Front Cross-Connect SolutionsFlexDSX™ Introduction

FlexDSX™ Application

Features

• Conduct protocol testing for both OUT and IN transmission directions from one location – saves time when testing a circuit

• Staggered jack alignment – allows industry standard patch cords to be used side-by-side in high density products

• Jumper rings and rear cable bars are installed on the skeleton bay – provides superior cable management

• OUT/IN equipment cable terminations on the backplane are modular in groups of four – allows formultiple circuit count configurations (56, 64, 84)

• Works with twisted pair or coax cabling; choose wire-wrap, BNC or 1.6/5.6 interfaces – flexibility to meet a variety of needs

• Coax and 120 Ohm connections provide the flexibility to connect 75 Ohm equipment to 120 Ohm equipment

Page 133: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

127w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

2 Mbps DSX Front Cross-Connect SolutionsFlexDSX™ Panels – Four-Port (Dual Monitor) Jack Access

FlexDSX panels are the only DSX panels in the industry that offer individual, removable jacks, removableOUT/IN equipment cable terminations, and four-port (bidirectional) test access capabilities. The four-portjack system consists of OUT and IN jacks for direct access to the network element’s input and outputsignals, and DUAL MONITOR jacks for monitoring of the signal in both directions simultaneously at a singlelocation. Dual monitors are especially beneficial for testing when the other side of the cross-connect islocated far away, in another room, or is inaccessible (i.e., collocation).

FlexDSX Front View

FlexDSX panel with individual jack card pulled out

FlexDSX four-port jack card

Large labels provide clear documentationof circuits

64-terminations per panel (Balun and twisted pair) – matches 2.048 Mbps equipment cabling breakouts

Large front trough avoids cable build-up

Tracer LED eliminatesmanual tracing of circuitsfor faster circuitidentification

Four-port (dual monitor)jacks allow quick isolationof problems in largerapplications where thecross-connect may belocated far away or isinaccessible

Individualremovablejacks

Staggered jacks allow industry standardpatch cords to be used side-by-side

Chassis are configured with OUT/IN interfacesin groups of four for easy removal andminimal disturbance of adjacent circuits

FlexDSX Rear View(1.6/5.6 Balun version shown)

Page 134: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

128w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Description

Fully-loaded, 64-circuit panel – Wire-wrap cross-connects

5.25" (13.34 cm) high, 19" (48.26 cm), EIA/IEC mounting120 Ohm wire-wrap equipment interface120 Ohm wire-wrap equipment interface, rear dual

performance monitorBNC Balun equipment interface1.6/5.6 Balun equipment interfaceSMBRJ45Shielded RJ45

7" (17.78 cm) high*, 19" (48.26 cm), EIA/IEC mountingBNC equipment interface1.6/5.6 equipment interface

Catalog Number

DFX-100001DFX-100001-DPM

DFX-210001DFX-220001DFX-230001DFX-400001DFX-500001

DFX-210001-DPM*DFX-220001-DPM*

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

2 Mbps DSX Front Cross-Connect SolutionsFlexDSX™ Panels – Four-Port (Dual Monitor) Jack Access

*The IBF-RSC024 skeleton bay holds nine 7-inch (17.78 cm) high panels

Module and Card4-Port Jack Card with 4-Pack Module

4-Pack Module with 1.6/5.6 connectors

4-Pack Module with wire-wrap connectors

4-Pack Module with BNC connectors

4-Port Jack Card

Description

FlexDSX 64-position empty chassis19" (482.6mm) x 5.25" (133.35mm) (3RU)

4-pack modulesWire-wrap, front cross-connect, 120 OhmBNC, front cross-connect, 75 Ohm1.6/5.6, front cross-connect, 75 OhmRJ45, front cross-connect, 120 OhmShielded RJ45, front cross-connect, 120 OhmSMB, front cross-connect, 75 Ohm

Circuit cardsFlexDSX jack, oddFlexDSX jack, even

Catalog Number

DFX-9E0002

DFX-9E1000DFX-9E2000DFX-9E3000DFX-9E4000DFX-9E4000-SDFX-9E5000

DFX-1DFX-2

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Page 135: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

129w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Description

All-front-access FlexDSX panelsEmpty rack (holds 10 DFX-1F0001 chassis)Fully-loaded panelEmpty chassisFour pack module

All-front-access FlexDSX with performance monitoringEmpty rack (holds 8 DFX-1F0001-DPM chassis)Fully-loaded panelEmpty chassisFour pack module

Catalog Number

DFX-RSFA04DFX-1F0001DFX-9E0003DFX-9F1000

DFX-RSFA03DFX-1F0001-DPMDFX-9E0003-DPMDFX-9F1000-DPM

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

2 Mbps Digital Cross-Connect SystemAll-Front-Access FlexDSX™ Panels

The all-front-access FlexDSX product family, designed for 2.048 Mbps cross-connect applications for thestandard 600 mm footprint, provides 0.045" (1.14 mm) square wire-wrap pin interface options on both thecross-connect and equipment fields and is available with or without performance monitoring. Each chassisholds up to 16 four-circuit front access module packs. No internal wiring is required between modules andthe chassis or between adjacent modules. Each of the 64 individual jack cards in a fully-populated chassishave four bantam-sized ports—monitor OUT, OUT, IN, and monitor IN, as well as a red flashing tracer lamp.Monitor network resistors provide 120 Ohm impedance.

FlexDSX chassis withoutperformance monitoring

(Front View)

FlexDSX chassis withperformance monitoring

(Front View)

Four-Pack Modules

Four-Pack Modules

Page 136: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

130w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

2 Mbps DSX Front Cross-Connect SolutionsPxPlus™ Panels – Three-Port Individual Jack Modularity

The PxPlus panel was designed for 2 Mbps DSX cross-connect applications where individual jack modularityis required. The PxPlus system consists of a 64-circuit empty panel and individual three-port jack accesscards that are sold separately. The empty panel can be loaded into the bay and precabled. When service isready to be turned up, the PxPlus jack cards are installed into the panel providing for true cost deferment.

PxPlus panel shown fully loaded with circuit cards

PxPlus Panel with individual jack card pulled out

Large removable labels provide easy documentation ofcircuits to help avoid mistakes while trouble shooting.

Three-port(single monitor)jack accessallows easycircuit accessfor testing,patching andmonitoring

Tracer LED eliminates manual tracing ofcircuits for faster circuit identification

Designed for individual jack modularity – jacks areordered separately and installed upon service turn-up.

PxPlus panel shown empty without circuit cards

Backplane can be fully prewired upon installation –allows circuit cards to be added as needed for truecost deferment

64 terminations per panel (Balun and twisted pair) matches equipment cabling breakouts

PxPlus panel (rear view)(Wire-wrap version shown)

Description

64-circuit empty chassis –

Wire-wrap equipment interfaceBNC Balun equipment interface

Jack card

Individual 120 Ohm

Catalog Number

PXP-532004PXP-532003

PXP-A00006

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Page 137: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

131w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

2 Mbps DSX Front Cross-Connect SolutionsDSX 64-Termination – Three-Port Fixed Panel

Each panel supports 64 2 Mbps terminations and provides three-port jack access for monitoring, patchingand testing. An LED provides easy identification of cross-connect cables by eliminating manual tracing ofwires. The equipment (OUT/IN) cables are terminated on the rear of the chassis via wire-wrap and Balunoptions of 1.6/5.6 or BNC connectors. The cross-connects are terminated on the front via wire-wrap pins.

DSX 64-Termination Panel (Front View)

Front wire-wrap cross-connect pins for easy circuit rearrangement

Large removable labels provide easy documentation ofcircuits to help avoid mistakes while troubleshooting

64-terminations per panel (Balun and twistedpair) – matches equipment cabling breakouts

DSX 64-Termination Panel (Rear View)(BNC Balun version shown)

DSX 64-Termination Panel

Three-port (single monitor) jack access allows easycircuit access for testing, patching and monitoring

Tracer LED eliminates manual tracing of circuits for faster circuit identification

One part number allows foreasy ordering and installation

Description

64-termination panel

120 Ohm wire-wrap equipment interfaceBNC Balun to wire-wrap equipment interface1.6/5.6 Balun to wire-wrap equipment interface

Catalog Number

D1M-1A2016D1M-1A2015D1M-1A2017

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Features

• 64 terminations per panel (Balun and twisted pair) – matches 2.048 Mbps equipment cabling breakouts

• All panels mount into the ADC 600 mm skeleton bay IBF-RSC021 – one platform for all applications

• Tracer LED eliminates manual tracing of cross-connect wires for fast circuit identification

• Oversized labels for complete circuit identification

• In-service patching and circuit rearrangement allows circuit maintenance to be completed during businesshours without downtime by using ADC’s bridging office repeaters (Call your local ADC sales office formore information)

• Balun terminations increase density by converting 75 Ohm equipment cables to 120 Ohm for cross-connecting while still providing the flexibility of DSX jack access. Available in BNC and 1.6/5.6

Page 138: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

132w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

2 Mbps Digital Cross-Connect SystemBay Hardware and Accessories

End GuardThese 2.2 m high end guards provide protection and a finished appearance at the start and end of the lineup.

DSX Frame DoorsThe door kit provides left and right doors for the front and rear of the DSX frame. Also included are top,front, and rear brackets for mounting of the doors to the frame.

Description

450 mm deep end guard

600 mm deep end guard

300 mm deep end guard

Catalog Number

RAC-EGK450*

RAC-EGK600*

RAC-EGK300*

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

DSX frame door kit

Catalog Number

IBF-1ENCDOR

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

End guard for use with DSX frame door kit

Catalog Number

IBF-1ENCEG

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

End Guard for Use with Door Enclosure KitThis end guard kit is used in conjunction with the DSX frame doors used to enclose the frame. It alsoprovides protection and a finished appearance to the start and end of the frame lineup.

Description

150 mm filler panel kit

300 mm filler panel kit that includes upper and lower cable trough

Catalog Number

SFK-122150

SFK-122300

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Filler Panel KitsThe filler panel kits add spacing between DSX frames. The kits come in 150 mm and 300 mmmeasurements.

* Each kit comes with two end guards

Page 139: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

133w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

2 Mbps Digital Cross-Connect SystemBay Hardware and Accessories

Rack Installation KitThis rack installation kit comes with all the necessary hardware to install the DSX rack in a raised floor environment.

AC Outlet KitThis AC outlet kit is a universal continental Europe outlet that mounts in the base of the frame.

Description

Zone 2 raised floor mounting kit

Concrete floor kit

Catalog Number

RAC-MX0615

RAC-MX0616

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

UK AC outlet kit

Continental Europe AC outlet kit

North American AC outlet kit

Catalog Number

AUX-AC0003

AUX-AC0004

AUX-AC0005

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Note: See installation guidelines for instructions on mounting the DSX Frame.

Cross Aisle Panels

Description

128-circuit cross aisle panel

64-circuit cross aisle panel with trace LEDs

Catalog Number

AUX-200022

AUX-200064

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Alarm Panels

Description

64-circuit all front access panel

Catalog Number

AUX-000040

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Page 140: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

134w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Features and Benefits

One part numberADC’s Super High Density (SHD) Bay comes preassembled to the customer’s specification,eliminating multiple parts and lineup hardware. This reduces installation time, simplifies ordering,and helps generate revenue faster by turning up service sooner.

Waterfall IN/OUT cablingWaterfall cabling increases lineup density, thereby saving valuable floor space and reducing costby eliminating the need for bay spacers.

600 mm widthThe bay’s width aligns perfectly with raised floor tile dimensions, simplifying office engineeringand planning.

Integrated trouble-free cross-connect cable managementProviding increased jumper capacity, ADC’s patented cable management system eases operationsand maintenance by reducing cross-connect jumper congestion.

Expanded labeling spaceDecreases possibility of mistakes during troubleshooting as all circuits are clearly identified.

64-position panelsPanel termination count matches digital switch and fiber optic multiplexer 2 Mbps signal groupsfor simplified network engineering.

1152 wire-wrap or 768 BNC terminationsIndustry's highest DSX density improves profitability by conserving valuable floor space. Helps providers realize more revenue and have more space for other revenue-generating network equipment.

192 cross aisle tie circuitIntegrated cross aisle tie panels ensure ability to add new lineups without sacrificing overalltermination density.

Single or dual bantam monitor portsStreamlines installation, maintenance and troubleshooting. Supports traditional monitoringpractices as well as monitoring on OUT (Tx) and IN (Rx) ports of the DSX.

Overhead and raised floor cablingProvides flexibility for any installation criteria.

2 Mbps Super High Density SolutionsDSX600™ Bay

ADC introduces the 600 mm Super High Density Bay (SHD) product line. Quick to install, easy to manage and maintain, Super High Density Bays maximize the network’s termination density,simplifies engineering and is designed to match any application. Perfectly. ADC’s 600 mm SuperHigh Density DSX – ensuring transparent service evolution.

Page 141: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

135w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

2 Mbps Super High Density SolutionsDSX600™ Bay

1 ADC’s Super High Density Bay (SHD) comespreassembled to customer specification,eliminating multiple parts and lineuphardware. This reduces installation time,simplifies ordering and saves money.

600 mm 600 mm

3

Waterfall cabling increases lineup density,thereby saving valuable floor space andreducing cost by eliminating the need forcostly bay spacers.

2

With its 600 mm width, ADC’s SHDbay aligns perfectly with raised floortile dimensions simplifying officeengineering and planning.

By providing increased jumper capacity(a), ADC’s patented cable managementsystem (b) eases operations andmaintenance by reducing cross-connectjumper congestion. This makes removalof inactive jumpers easy. a

b

4

Page 142: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

136w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Labeling is critical to troubleshooting efforts.ADC’s SHD Bay allows technicians to clearlyidentify each circuit by providing expandedlabeling space to improve networkdocumentation and decrease the potentialfor mistakes while troubleshooting.

The SHD Bay utilizes 64-termination panelsto match digital switch and fiber opticmultiplexer two megabit signal groups,simplifying network engineering.

With (1152) 2 Mbps terminations and 192cross aisle terminations, ADC’s SHD Bayprovides the industry's highest DSX densityavailable, saving money by conservingvaluable floor space. In situations where 75 Ohm terminations are required, ADCprovides a 768 termination bay which fits inthe same lineup as the 120 Ohm bay andmaintains the advantage of ADC’s patentedcross-connect jumper management.

5

6

7

5

5

2 Mbps Super High Density SolutionsDSX600™ Bay

5

Page 143: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

137w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

2 Mbps Super High Density SolutionsDSX600™ Bay

Description

2.13 m

1152 2 Mbps terminations192 cross aisle tie circuitsWire-wrap OUT/IN interfaceWire-wrap cross-connect interfaceDesigned for below floor cabling

768 2 Mbps terminations75 Ohm BNC OUT/IN interfaceWire-wrap cross-connect interfaceDesigned for below floor cabling

Super High Density Bay end guard

2.2 m

1152 2 Mbps terminations64 cross aisle tie circuitsDual monitor panels32 interbay circuitsDesigned for below floor cabling

1152 2 Mbps terminations192 cross aisle tie circuitsWire-wrap OUT/IN interfaceWire-wrap cross-connect interfaceDesigned for overhead cabling

1344 2 Mbps terminations120 Ohm BNC OUT/IN interfaceWire-wrap cross-connect interfaceDesigned for below floor cabling

Super High Density Bay end guard

Super High Density Bay raised floorinstallation kit (for 600 mm floors)

Super High Density Bay raised floorinstallation kit (for 850 mm floors)

Concrete floor installation kit

Dimensions (HxWxD)

2.13 m x 600 mm x 457 mm

2.13 m x 600 mm x 457 mm

2.2 m x 600 mm x 457 mm

2.2 m x 600 mm x 457 mm

2.2 m x 600 mm x 457 mm

Catalog Number

SHD-0323

SHD-0424

SHD-0007

SHD-W-0001

SHD-0512

SHD-0051

SHD-W-0005

SHD-HR-28

SHD-HR-55

RINST-FLR

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Super High Density Bay Front View

Super High Density Bay Rear View

(Note: This application shows overhead cabling. This configuration is available upon request.)

Page 144: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

138w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

2 Mbps Super High Density Solutions FlexDSX™Super High Density Bay

IntroductionADC’s FlexDSX™ Super High Density Bay offers greater termination density as well as built-in, trouble-freecable management for flexible network planning, installation and maintenance.

ADC’s FlexDSX Super High Density Bay design is unmatched in the marketplace. ADC’s vertical IN/OUTterminal blocks with extra cabling space and cable management fanning strips provide 50 percent morecabling space than traditional high-density bays. Simultaneously, it provides increased jumper capacity tosimplify cross-connect wire management for easy operation and maintenance. The FlexDSX Super HighDensity design incorporates a recessed vertical wireway for cross-connect cabling and up to sevenhorizontal cross-connect jumper wireways instead of the standard two wireways. Vertical and horizontalwireways are on separate planes to avoid congestion and pile-up at intersections.

The FlexDSX Super High Density Bay enables service providers to realize additional cost savings byconserving valuable floor space. The bay provides more than 30 percent floor space savings, whiledoubling the density and provides dual monitoring with ADC’s reliable FlexDSX jack technology.

DescriptionThe FlexDSX Super High Density Bay achieves greater density in a 7-foot height x 26-inch width x 18-inchdepth, accommodating up to 1512 (7') usable DSX jack terminations. ADC’s flexible ordering guideallows bay designs in 64 or 84 jacks per panel. This eliminates jack waste or complications in circuitmanagement administration.

• Provides clear identification of each circuit by offering expanded labeling space improving networkdocumentation and decreasing potential mistakes while troubleshooting

• Colored cross-connect labels allow for easy determination of circuit terminations

• Flashing LED and Dual monitoring • Block’s design provides better cable management and morespace for cables

• Cable entry is allowed on both sides of block

Page 145: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

139w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

• 1512 jacks per seven-foot bay uses an efficient jack count of84 jacks per panel. Dual monitoring of the out and in ports,panel termination count matches digital switching broadbandequipment for simplified network engineering. Consists of 18panels of 84 jacks in a single plane.

• More than 30 percent floor space savings – the industry’shighest DSX density improves profitability by conservingvaluable floor space. Service providers can realize morerevenue and more space for other revenue generatingnetwork equipment.

• Incorporating vertical IN/OUT terminal blocks with extracabling space and cable management strips provide 50percent more cabling space than traditional high-densitybays. Increased lineup density saves valuable floor space andreduces costs by eliminating the need for bay spacers. Dualhinged doors with designation labels on both sides providedouble the designation space. Adhesive backed labelsguarantee the identification designations will always beavailable. The expanded label space minimizes the possibilityof mistakes during trouble shooting as all circuits are clearlyidentified.

• Built-in trouble-free cross-connect cable managementprovides increased jumper capacity. ADC’s cable managementsystem eases operations and maintenance by reducing cross-connect jumper congestion and pileup.

• Tie pair terminal blocks (2) 80 circuits wired point-to-point totie pair blocks in the rear cross-connect field by ADC. Built-inaisle tie panels ensure ability to grow new lineups withoutsacrificing overall termination density.

• The rear cross-connect high density design allows for all jackmaintenance activities to remain at an arm’s length.

• Guarantees a worry-free maintenance environment with over40 years of proven jack quality and reliability and a lifetimewarranty. All components of the bay are made by ADC,ensuring quality from beginning to end.

2 Mbps Super High Density Solutions FlexDSX™Super High Density Bay

Super High Density Bay

Description

*Overhead cabling denotes the cable enters the top of the bay and the equipment termination blocks are atthe top of the bay. Raised floor cabling denotes the cable enters from the raised floor into the bottom of thebay and the equipment blocks are at the bottom of the bay.

CatalogNumber

DFX-SHD001DFX-SHD002DFX-SHD003DFX-SHD004DFX-SHD005DFX-SHD006

# ofTerminations

15121512126012601152960

# of CrossAisle Circuits

160160160160160160

JackPosition

848484846464

Description

7' concentration bay, overhead cabling7' maintenance bay, overhead cabling7' maintenance bay, raised Floor cabling7' concentration bay, raised Floor cabling2.2m concentration bay, overhead cabling2.2m maintenance bay, overhead cabling

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Page 146: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

140w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

2 Mbps Super High Density Solutions FlexDSX™ Super High Density Bay

Accessories

Catalog Number

ACOK-PWNB

SHD-HR-85SHD-HR-92

SHD-HR-43NSHD-HR-44NSHD-HR-91RINST-FLRSHD-HR-93

Description

AC outlet kit (FlexDSX Super High Density Bays accept outlet kits in front only, North American)

End guards7' height x 18.75" width2.2 m height x 18" width, 600mm rack SHD

Installation kits

7' to 9' extension rack7' to 11.5' extension rackInstallation kit, raised floorInstallation kit, concrete floor, overhead cablingInstallation kit, raised floor, metric

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Page 147: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

141w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Catalog Number

PJ712PJ713PJ714PJ715PJ716PJ718PJ720PJ722PJ1208PJ1210PJ1212PJ1415PJ1420PJ1425PJ1430PJ1450

PJ762PJ764PJ765PJ766PJ768PJ770PJ772PJ1308PJ1310PJ1312PJ1514PJ1520

PJ1525

PJ1530

PJ1535

PJ1545

ACK-INTL

ACK-INTL-N

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

Three conductor*

Single1' (.3 m)

1.5' (.46 m)2' (.61 m)

2.5' (.76 m)3' (.91 m)4' (1.22 m)5' (1.52 m)6' (1.83 m)

8' (2.44 m)10' (3.05 m)12' (3.66 m)15' (4.57 m)20' (6.1 m)25' (7.62 m)30' (9.15 m)50' (15.24 m)

Dual*1' (.3 m)2' (.61 m)

2.5' (.76 m)3' (.91 m)4' (1.22 m)5' (1.52 m)6' (1.83 m)8' (2.44 m)

10' (3.05 m)12' (2.66 m)14' (4.27 m)20' (6.1 m)25' (7.62 m)30' (9.15 m)35' (10.68 m)45' (13.73 m)

Patch cord kit

International patch cords kit

International patch cords kit, nickel-plated

* For nickel plated patch cords, add the suffix “N”. For plenum-rated fireretardant patch cords, add the suffix “PL”.

2 Mbps Super High Density Solutions Accessories

Bantam Patch Cords

PJ768Three-Conductor Dual Patch Cord

PJ718Three-Conductor Single Patch Cord

Page 148: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

142w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

2 Mbps Super High Density Solutions Accessories

Description Catalog Number

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Tools and Tool Kits

Description

Cross-connect wire, 500-foot roll (150 m)Cross-connect wire, 1000-foot roll (300 m)Cross-connect wire, 1500-foot roll (450 m)Cross-connect wire, 2000-foot roll (600 m)

Catalog Number

DSX-CCW/500DSX-CCW/1000DSX-CCW/1500DSX-CCW/2000

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Cross-Connect Wire

Manual wire-wrap kit includes: AUX-0X0165Manual wire-wrap kit22-24 AWG wire-wrap bit sleeve24-26 AWG wire-wrap bit sleeve22-24 AWG wire-wrap bit 26 AWG wire-wrap bit

Mannual wire-cutting/stripping tool AUX-0X0803Manual unwrapping tool (screw driver tool) AUX-0X0802Manual unwrapping tool (soft, ergonomic handle) AUX-0X0381Unwrapping sleeve for use with AUX-0X0381 AUX-0X0383Electric 220 wire-wrap gun AUX-0X046622-24 AWG bit (0.64 - 0.51mm) AUX-0X046722-24 AWG sleeve (0.64 - 0.51mm) AUX-0X0468

Page 149: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

143w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Impedance Matching Panel

To keep pace with fast-changing technology and the need for excellent customer service, networks needto be completely flexible yet reliable. To enhance this flexibility, the impedance matching panel allowstwisted pair cabling and coaxial cabling to coexist within a bay or bay lineups. A conversion must takeplace to transfer the signal reliably from one type of media to another. The 75/120 Ohm balun changesthe impedance of a transmission line from a 75 Ohm unbalanced coaxial connection to 120 Ohmbalanced twisted pair.

Features and Benefits

Panels available with 8-, 16-, 24-, or 32-circuits Easily matches existing network equipment circuit counts

Multiple connector interface type and location optionsVariety of configurations available to complement existing network designs

Preinstalled cable management barsReduces cable congestion and simplifies maintenance

Cable management rings with labelingEnsures proper cable routing and circuit identification

Reversible mounting bracketsEach panel fits into 19-, 23-inch (48.3 or 58.4 cm) or 600 mm racks, or can be wall mounted

Application

NetworkElement A

NetworkElement B

Twisted PairCable

120 Ohms

Coax Cable75 Ohms

Conversion Panel

Conversion Panel

Conversion Panel

Conversion Panel

Conversion Panel

Conversion Panel

Conversion Panel

Conversion Panel

The impedance matching panel ensures digital signal reliability during the conversion from 75 Ohms to 120 Ohms. This panel is ideal for central office and collocation facilities where original equipmentmanufacturer (OEM) product interface incompatibilities frequently occur.

Impedance Matching Bay in Network

Page 150: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

144w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Impedance Matching Panel

Total-Front-Access Panels

16-Circuit Panel

Front/Rear Access Panels

32-Circuit (Front View)

3.47"(88.1 mm)

19.0"(482.6 mm)

3.0"(76.2 mm)

Front View

Front View

Rear View

19.0"(482.6 mm)

3.47"(88.1 mm)

3.0"(76.2 mm)

16-Circuit Panel BAL-AFAF-16

32-Circuit Panel BAL-AFAR-32

SpecificationsPHYSICAL

Agency Certifications: CE, CSA, ULPanel Dimension: See Dimension ChartRack Mounting Width: 600 mm, 19", 23"Housing Material: Cold-rolled 14-gauge steelHousing Finish: Powder-coated paint, putty white

ELECTRICALInsertion Loss: <.15 dB from 52 kHz to 5 MHz; <.2 dB from 5.1 MHz to 10 MHz

<.22 dB from 10.1 MHz to 15 MHz; <.25 dB from 15.1 MHz to 20 MHzReturn Loss: 1.024 MHz, -30 dB minimum; 20.0 MHz, -1.9 dB maximumInsulation Resistance: 1000 Megaohms

ENVIRONMENTALThermal Shock: -40ºC to +65ºC operating

-55ºC to +85ºC non-operatingHumidity: 0% to 95%, non-condensingFlammability: UL-94-VO

Number of Circuits

Dimensions (HxWxD)

3.47" x 19" x 2.5"(88.1 x 482.6 x 63.5 mm)

3.47" x 19" x 2.5"(88.1 x 482.6 x 63.5 mm)

5.22" x 19" x 2.5"(132.6 x 482.6 x 63.5 mm)

5.22" x 19" x 2.5"(132.6 x 482.6 x 63.5 mm)

8-circuit

16-circuit

24-circuit

32-circuit

Total-Front-Access Front/Rear Access

1.72" x 19" x 4"(43.7 x 482.6 x 101.6 mm)

1.72" x 19" x 4"(43.7 x 482.6 x 101.6 mm)

3.47" x 19" x 4"(88.1 x 482.6 x 101.6 mm)

3.47" x 19" x 4"(88.1 x 482.6 x 101.6 mm)

32-Circuit (Rear View)

Page 151: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

145w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Impedance Matching Panel

Catalog Number

BAL - __ F __ __ - __

Balun Interface TypeA BNCB 1.6/5.6C Type 43*D 1.0/2.3*

Number of Circuits

08 8-circuits**16 16-circuits24 24-circuits32 32-circuits**

* Minimum order required for these connectors** See dimension chart for panel heights

Twisted Pair Interface TypeA Wire-wrapB Punch down (QCP)C 64-pin receptacle connectorsD 64-pin plug connectors

Twisted Pair Interface LocationF FrontR Rear

Balun Interface LocationF Front

Cable management accessories are ordered by panel height or bay width

Cable management ringsEIA bay kit includes two rings per kit and identification labels

1.72" (4.37 cm) high panel AUX-0X09253.47" (8.81 cm) high panel AUX-0X09265.22" (13.26 cm) high panel AUX-0X0927

600 mm bay kit includes two rings per kit and identification labels

1.72" (4.37 cm) high panel AUX-0X09283.47" (8.81 cm) high panel AUX-0X0929

5.22" (13.26 cm) high panel AUX-0X0930

Cable support bar kitCable support bar for front and rear access panels

19" wide rack mount AUX-0X091723" wide rack mount AUX-0X0918600 mm rack mount AUX-0X0919

Total front access mounting bracket kitKit includes two brackets for mounting total front-access panels into 23" EIA or WECO racks

3.47" (8.81 cm) high panel AUX-0X09345.22" (13.26 cm) high panel AUX-0X0935

600 mm mounting bracket kit*Kit includes two brackets for mounting panel in bay

1.72" (4.37 cm) high panel AUX-0X09333.47" (8.81 cm) high panel AUX-0X09155.22" (13.26 cm) high panel AUX-0X0916

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

*Reversible mounting brackets are included with 19" panel except for total-front-access panels

Description Catalog Number

Page 152: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

146w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

BroadWire™ ETSI SeriesHigh-Density ADSL Splitter

Features

• High-density splitter platform manages 120 or 240 circuits per chassis

• Front-facing platform integrates in standard WECO/EIA 19-inch equipment racks or ETSI cabinet

• Holds CE Mark and UL 1950 certification, optimized for international deployment

• ADSL over POTS (ANSI T1.413), ADSL over ISDN (2B1Q or 4B3T), combination ADSL over ISDN overPOTS, ETSI TR 101 728, ETSI TS 101 388 and custom billing tone/network impedance filters

The BroadWire™ ETSI Series splitters are ETSI-compatible splitter platforms, supporting up to 120 or240 circuits in a compact footprint. The BroadWire ETSI Series splitters enable service providers tobroaden the use of existing copper infrastructure, providing high-speed ADSL and telephonyservices over a single twisted pair of copper wires. The BroadWire ETSI Series also supports ADSLover ISDN splitting with a custom filter design for 2B1Q, 4B3T, and other line encoding protocols.

Effective ADSL deployment challenges service providers to maximize valuable floor space andmaintain network integrity. High circuit density and sound cable management are vital, as is theability to accommodate varying voice and data frequency specifications. A patent-pending cablemanagement design and high circuit density make the BroadWire line of splitters the first in theindustry to fully satisfy these requirements, preparing service providers for equipment co-locationmandated by industry deregulation.

BroadWire™ 240 ETSI Series BroadWire™ 120 ETSI Series

Page 153: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

147w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

BroadWire™ ETSI SeriesApplications

SubscriberCentral Exchange

DSLAM

Class 5 Voice Switch

ADSLmodem

Telephony frequency band 4 KHzData frequency band 30 KHz+

CLEC

BroadWire™ ™BroadWireMDF

Colocation

SubscriberCentral Exchange

DSLAM

Class 5 Voice Switch

ADSLmodem

Telephony frequency band 4 KHz

Data frequency band 30 KHz+

BroadWire™

MDF™BroadWire

The BroadWire™ ETSI Series splitters can be deployed in the common area of the centralexchange to provide data-only access to the CLEC technician, while still offering completesubscriber line access to the incumbent carrier.

The BroadWire™ ETSI Series splitters can also be deployed inside the colocation area to offerfull line access to the technician, while isolating and protecting the DSLAM equipment.

Page 154: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

148w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

The BroadWire™ ETSI Series is a modular system that enables service providers to add splitter cards as the network expands.

The BroadWire ETSI Series chassis can be populated with as few as one, and as many as ten (for the 240ETSI Series), or five (for the 120 ETSI Series), 24-port splitter cards. The cards can be inserted and removedwithout affecting lifeline telephony service. The chassis can be installed with 120/240 telephony or ISDNlines connected to the chassis, regardless of whether or not every line has immediate need for ADSL service.

A front-facing chassis, the BroadWire ETSI Series can be positioned against a wall to minimize the rackfootprint. The chassis is front-cabled and requires no access from the rear of the chassis. Reversible rackmounting brackets are included, so that the BroadWire ETSI Series can be easily installed in ETSI racks.

• Each chassis is ETSI rack mountable with center mounting brackets.

• Chassis are covered in the front and back. Nothing, including cables and connectors, will protrude intothe maintenance aisle in a normal operating configuration.

• Cables exit from the front.

• Equipment is convection cooled.

• Smaller BroadWire chassis are available to support installations in campuses, multidwelling units or small, remote central offices.

• POTS and ISDN cards can be mixed in the same chassis to serve mixed applications.

• Bypass card available to support DSLAM to line side continuity for alternate DSL services.

BroadWire™ ETSI Series Configurations

Page 155: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

149w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

BroadWire™ 240 ETSI SeriesPHYSICAL

Dimensions (HxWxD): 15.72" x 17.37" x 10.62" (399.29 x 441.20 x 270.0 mm)Weight

Empty Chassis: 43 lbs. (19.5 kg)Fully-Loaded Chassis: 73 lbs. (33.1 kg)

Mounting: WECO/EIA rack-mountable, ETSI cabinetConnector Access: All-front-access chassisChassis Capacity: 240 circuits per chassisSplitter Card Capacity: Each card contains 24 splitters. Ten cards can be installed in a chassis,

for a maximum of 240 splitters per chassis.Agency Certifications: CE Mark, UL 1950ADSL Splitter Filters: ADSL over POTS (ANSI T1.413), ADSL over ISDN (2B1Q or 4B3T),

combination ADSL over ISDN over POTS, ETSI TR 101 728, ETSI TS 101 388 and custom billing tone/network impedance filters

CONNECTIONSLine In: 50-pin (25 pair) RJ21 input from MDFPOTS and ISDN Out: 50-pin (25 pair) RJ21 POTS back to MDF

Make-before-break connectors used for voice signalDSLAM Connection: 50-pin (25 pair) RJ21

• Loop connectors are arranged so that removing line cards does not disturb or require the removal of loop cables.

• Connectors are secured to prevent unintentional disconnection under strain, chafing or accidents.

Lifeline POTS and ISDN: Empty card slots can be prewired for later use providing lifeline POTS service via make-before-break connectors incorporated in the chassis design.

ENVIRONMENTALOperating: -40°C to +70°C

5% to 90% relative humidityNon-Operating: -40°C to +70°C

5% to 95% relative humidityPower: None

BroadWire™ ETSI Series Specifications

Page 156: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

150w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

BroadWire™ ETSI SeriesSpecifications

BroadWire™ 120 ETSI SeriesPHYSICAL

Dimensions (HxWxD): 8.7" x 17.4" x 10.6" (22.1 x 44.2 x 26.9 cm)Weight

Empty Chassis: 15.1 lbs. (6.85 kg)Fully-Loaded Chassis: 31.3 lbs. (14.2 kg)

Mounting: WECO/EIA rack-mountable, ETSI cabinetConnector Access: All-front-access chassisChassis Capacity: 120 circuits per chassisSplitter Card Capacity: Each card contains 24 splitters. Five cards can be installed in a chassis,

for a maximum of 120 splitters per chassis.Agency Certifications: CE Mark, UL 1950ADSL Splitter Filters: ADSL over POTS (ANSI T1.413), ADSL over ISDN (2B1Q or 4B3T),

combination ADSL over ISDN over POTS, ETSI TR 101 728, ETSI TS 101 388 and custom billing tone/network impedance filters

CONNECTIONSLine In: 50-pin (25 pair) RJ21 input from MDFPOTS and ISDN Out: 50-pin (25 pair) RJ21 POTS back to MDF

Make-before-break connectors used for voice signalDSLAM Connection: 50-pin (25 pair) RJ21

• Loop connectors are arranged so that removing line cards does not disturb or require the removal of loop cables.

• Connectors are secured to prevent unintentional disconnection under strain, chafing or accidents.

Lifeline POTS and ISDN: Empty card slots can be prewired for later use providing lifeline POTS service via make-before-break connectors incorporated in the chassis design.

ENVIRONMENTALOperating: -40°C to +70°C

5% to 90% relative humidityNon-Operating: -40°C to +70°C

5% to 95% relative humidityPower: None

Page 157: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

151w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

ETSI ADSL/POTS (up to 16 kHz Billing Tone) Splitter CardELECTRICAL

Impedance: Complex, 270 Ohm + (750 Ohm || 150 nF)Insertion Loss: ≤1.0 dB at 1 kHz (typical, complex term.)

≤2.0 dB at 4 kHz (typical, complex term.)<4.5 dB at 16 kHz (typical, 200 Ohm term.)>57.5 dB at 30 kHz (typical, complex term.)

Attenuation Distortion: <0.75 dBEnvelope Delay Distortion: 70 µSec maximum (0.3 - 3900 Hz)Power Requirements: NonePOTS Path Resistance: 12.5 Ohm maximum per pathPassband Return Loss: >13 dB (per ETSI TR 101 728)Operating Bandwidth: DC to 8 MHzPOTS Loop Current: 100 mA DCLongitudinal Balance: >58 dB (minimum)POTS Tip to Ring

DC Voltage: 0 - 105 VPOTS Ringing Signal: 40 - 150 Vrms (at any frequency from 15 - 25 Hz)Power Cross: Fail-safe per UL 1950

BroadWire™ ETSI Series Specifications

T1.413 Compliant ADSL/POTS Splitter CardELECTRICAL

Impedance: 900 Ohm, ±5% (ZTc)Insertion Loss: <1.00 dB, Short Loop, 1.004 kHz, ZTc = 900, ZTr = 600

<0.75 dB, Long Loop, 1.004 kHz, ZTc = 900, ZTr = 600≥65 dB at 30 kHz (typical, 600 Ohm term.)≥55 dB at >300 kHz (maximum, 600 Ohm term.)

Attenuation Distortion: <0.75 dBPOTS -3 dB Corner

Frequency: 8 kHz (typical)Envelope Delay

Distortion: 70 µSec maximum (0.3 - 3900 Hz)Power Requirements: NonePOTS Path Resistance: 12.5 Ohm maximum per pathVoiceband Return Loss: >8 dB ERL, >5 dB SRL-L, >5 dB SRL-H, short and long loops

>2 dB SRL-H, short and long loop, single frequencyOperating Bandwidth: DC to 8 MHzPOTS Loop Current: 100 mA DCLongitudinal Balance: >58 dB, 200 - 1 kHz, straight line level decreasing to 53 dB at 3 kHz,

25 mA DC bias currentPOTS Tip to Ring

Capacitance: 83 nF, nominalPOTS Tip to Ring DC

Voltage: 0 - 105 VPOTS Ringing Signal: 40 - 150 Vrms (at any frequency from 15 - 25 Hz)Power Cross: Fail-safe per UL 1950

Page 158: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

152w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

4B3T ADSL/ISDN Splitter CardELECTRICAL

Impedance: 150 Ohm ±5% (typical), differentialInsertion Loss: ≤1.50 dB at f <80 kHz

≥ 70.0 dB at f >138 kHzISDN Band Attenuation

Distortion: <1.0 dBISDN -3 dB Corner

Frequency: 95 kHz (typical)Envelope Delay

Distortion: 20 µSec maximum (0.3 - 95,000 Hz)Power Requirements: NonePOTS Path Resistance: 12.5 Ohm maximum per pathPassband Return Loss: >14 dB at f <80 kHzOperating Bandwidth: DC to 8 MHzPOTS Loop Current: 100 mALongitudinal Balance: >55 dBPower Cross: Fail-safe per UL 1950

Combination ADSL/ISDN/POTS Splitter Card

ELECTRICALImpedance

ISDN: 150 OhmPOTS: 220 Ohm + (820 Ohm || 115 nF)

Insertion Loss: <2 dB at f ≤60 kHz <2.5 dB at f ≤80 kHz>50 dB at 200 kHz ≤ f ≤1.1 MHz

ISDN Band Attenuation Distortion: <1.0 dB

ISDN -3 dB Corner Frequency: >80 kHz (typical)

Envelope Delay Distortion: 20 µSec nominal (0.3 - 95,000 Hz)

Power Requirements: NonePOTS Path Resistance: 12.5 Ohm maximum per pathPassband Return Loss: >14 dB at f ≤80 kHzOperating Bandwidth: DC to 8 MHzPOTS Loop Current: 100 mALongitudinal Balance: >55 dBPower Cross: Fail-safe per UL 1950

BroadWire™ ETSI Series Specifications

Page 159: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

153w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

2B1Q ADSL/ISDN Splitter CardELECTRICAL

Impedance: 135 Ohm ±5% (typical), differentialInsertion Loss: ≤1.50 dB at f ≤80 kHz

≥70.0 dB at f ≥138 kHzISDN Band Attenuation

Distortion: <1.0 dBISDN -3 dB Corner

Frequency: 95 kHz (typical)Envelope Delay

Distortion: 20 µSec maximum (0.3 - 95,000 Hz)Power Requirements: NonePOTS Path Resistance: 12.5 Ohm maximum per pathPassband Return Loss: >14 dB at f ≤80 kHzOperating Bandwidth: DC to 8 MHzPOTS Loop Current: 100 mALongitudinal Balance: >55 dBPower Cross: Fail-safe per UL 1950

ENVIRONMENTALOperating: -40°C to +70°C

5% to 90% relative humidityNon-Operating: -40°C to +70°C

5% to 95% relative humidity

BroadWire™ ETSI SeriesSpecifications

Catalog Number

IPC-CEXXXXX-0101IPC-CEXXXXX-0052

IPC-RMT14DM-V242

IPC-RMETSDE-V242IPC-RM4B3DX-V242IPC-RMGERDX-V242

IPC-RM2B1DX-V242IPC-RMBYPXX-0242

Description

Chassis

BroadWire 240 ETSI ChassisBroadWire 120 ETSI Chassis

Cards

BroadWire 24-port card – T1.413BroadWire 24-port card – ETSI ADSL/POTS

(up to 16 kHz billing tone)BroadWire 24-port card – 4B3TBroadWire 24-port card – Combination

ADSL/ISDN/POTSBroadWire 24-port card – 2B1QBypass card

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Note: Single-port CPE splitters available. Please contact your ADC sales representative.

Page 160: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

154w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

ADC’s BroadWire™ 24 ADSL splitter separates voice and data frequency bands enabling subscribers toreceive voice and high-speed data services simultaneously over a single, twisted-copper pair. The BroadWire24 supports up to 24 circuits, ideal for MDU/MTU/MHU deployment. The filters are designed toaccommodate country-specific billing tone, complex impedance, and cable plant specifications.

Effective ADSL deployment challenges service providers to maximize valuable floor space and maintainnetwork integrity. High circuit density and sound cable management are vital, as is the ability toaccommodate varying voice and data frequency specifications. A patent-pending backplane design andhigh circuit density make the BroadWire line of splitters the first in the industry to fully satisfy theserequirements, preparing service providers for remote equipment deployment and line sharing mandated by industry deregulation.

BroadWire™ 24High Density ADSL Splitters

Features

• High-density splitter platform manages up to 24 circuits per chassis

• Rear-cabled and front-cabled platforms available

• Chassis integrate into standard EIA/WECO/ETSI equipment racks or cabinets

• NEBS Level 3, Type 1 and UL 1950 certified for North American deployment

• Holds CE Mark for international deployment

• POTS and ISDN filter designs available

Page 161: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

155w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

BroadWire™ 24Applications

The BroadWire 24 splitter can be deployed in MDU/MTU/MHU environments enabling ADSL deployment to take place outside of central exchanges.

The BroadWire 24 splitter can also be deployed within digital loop carriers (DLCs)enabling ADSL deployment to extend past previous distance limitations.

Page 162: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

156w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

The BroadWire™ 24 ETSI Chassis is optimized for worldwide deployment. It holds the CE Mark andcomplies with UL1950 standards. The chassis can be wall-mounted or placed in standard ETSI racks orcabinets, as well as 19" EIA/WECO racks. The chassis is designed for front cabling and card access.

The chassis supports one 24-port splitter card. Make-before-break connectors allow the card to be insertedand removed without interrupting lifeline telephony service. A passive device, the chassis supports lifelinetelephony service even in the event of a power outage.

BroadWire™ 24 ETSI ChassisFor Worldwide Deployment

Specifications

PHYSICAL Dimensions

Height:Width:Depth:

WeightEmpty Chassis: Fully-Loaded Chassis:

Mounting: Connector Access: Chassis Capacity: Splitter Card Capacity: ADSL Splitter Filters:

Agency Certifications:

CONNECTIONSLine In:POTS and ISDN Out:

DSLAM Connection:

Lifeline POTS and ISDN:

ENVIRONMENTALOperating:

Non-Operating:

Power:

1.97" (50 mm)17.2" (437 mm)10.9" (277 mm)

7.0 lbs. (4.1 kg)12.1 lbs. (5.5 kg)19" EIA/WECO rack, ETSI rack or cabinet, or wall mountableAll front-access chassis24 circuits per chassis One 24-port splitter cardT1.413 – ITU G6.992.1 or 6.992.2Complex impedanceComplex impedance with 12 KHz billing toneComplex impedance with 16 KHz billing tone2BIQ ISDN4B3T ISDN(UK and German POTS filters under development)CE Mark; UL 1950

50-pin (25 pair) receptacle input from MDF50-pin (25 pair) receptacle back to MDF

Make-before-break connectors used for voice signal50-pin (25 pair) RJ21• Loop connectors are arranged so that removing line cards does not disturb

or require the removal of loop cables.• Connectors are secured to prevent unintentional disconnection under strain,

chafing, or accidents.The chassis can be pre-wired for later use providing lifeline POTS service via

make-before-break connectors incorporated in the chassis design.

-40ºC to +70ºC5-90% relative humidity-40ºC to +70ºC5-95% relative humidityNone

Page 163: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

157w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

BroadWire™ 24 Front Access Chassis For North American Deployment

The BroadWire™ 24 Front Access Chassis is optimized for North American deployment. It complies withNEBS Level 3 and UL1950 standards and can be wall-mounted or mounted in standard EIA/WECOracks. The chassis is designed for front cabling within a single unit (1.75") of rack space.

The chassis supports one 24-port splitter card. Make-before-break connectors allow the card to beinserted and removed without interrupting lifeline telephony service. A passive device, the chassissupports lifeline telephony service even in the event of a power outage.

PHYSICAL Dimensions

Height:Width:Depth:

WeightEmpty Chassis: Fully-Loaded Chassis:

Mounting: Connector Access: Chassis Capacity: Splitter Card Capacity: ADSL Splitter Filters:Agency Certifications:

CONNECTIONSLine In:POTS Out:

DSLAM Connection:

Lifeline POTS:

ENVIRONMENTALOperating:

Non-Operating:

Power:

1.72" (44 mm)17.2" (437 mm)11.7" (297 mm)

9.5 lbs. (4.3 kg)12.0 lbs. (5.4 kg) 19" or 23" EIA/WECO rack or wall mountableAll front-access chassis24 circuits per chassis One 24-port splitter cardT1.413NEBS 3, Type 1; UL1950

50-pin (25 pair) RJ21 receptacle input from MDF50-pin (25 pair) RJ21 receptacle back to MDF

Make-before-break connectors used for voice signal50-pin (25 pair) RJ21• Loop connectors are arranged so that removing line cards does not disturb

or require the removal of loop cables.• Connectors are secured to prevent unintentional disconnection under strain,

chafing, or accidents.The chassis can be pre-wired for later use providing lifeline POTS service via

make-before-break connectors incorporated in the chassis design.

-40ºC to +70ºC5-90% relative humidity-40ºC to +70ºC5-95% relative humidityNone

Specifications

Page 164: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

158w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

BroadWire™ 24Specifications

T1.413 Compliant ADSL/POTS Splitter Card

For All BroadWire 24 Chassis

ELECTRICALImpedance: 900 Ohms, ± 5% (ZTc)Insertion Loss: < 1.00 dB, Short Loop, 1.004 KHz, ZTc = 900, ZTr = 600

< 0.75 dB, Long Loop, 1.004 KHz, ZTc = 900, ZTr = 600> 65 dB at 30 KHz (typical, 600 Ohms term.)> 55 dB at > 300 KHz (maximum, 600 Ohms term.)

POTS Passband Ripple: < 0.10 dBPOTS –3 dB Corner Frequency: 8 KHz (typical)Envelope Delay Distortion: 70 µSec maximum (0.3 – 3900 Hz)Power Requirements: NonePOTS Path Resistance: 12.5 Ohms maximum per pathVoiceband Return Loss: > 8 dB ERL, > 5 dB SRL-L, >5 dB SRL-H, short and long loops

> 2 dB SRL-H, short and long loop, single frequencyOperating Bandwidth: DC to 1.104 MHzPOTS Loop Current: 100 mA DCLongitudinal Balance: > 58 dB, 200 – 1 KHz, straight line level decreasing to 53 dB at 3 KHz,

25 mA DC bias currentPOTS Tip to Ring DC Voltage: 0 – 105 VPOTS Ringing Signal: 40 – 150 Vrms (at any frequency from 15 – 25 Hz)Power Cross: Fail-safe per UL1950

ENVIRONMENTALOperating: 5°C to +50°C

5-90% relative humidityNon-Operating: -40°C to +70°C

5-95% relative humidity

4B3T ADSL/ISDN Splitter Card

For BroadWire 24 ETSI Chassis

ELECTRICALImpedance: 150 Ohms ±5% (typical), differentialInsertion Loss: ≤ 1.2 dB at f < 60 KHz

≤ 2.0 dB at f < 80 KHz≥ 65.0 dB at 138 < f < 1104 KHz

ISDN Passband Ripple: < 0.1 dBISDN -3 dB Corner Frequency: 95 KHz (typical)Envelope Delay Distortion: 20 µSec maximum (0.3 - 95,000 Hz)Power Requirements: NonePOTS Path Resistance: 12.5 Ohms maximum per pathPassband Return Loss: > 16 dB at f < 60 KHz

> 14 dB at f < 80 KHzOperating Bandwidth: DC to 1.104 MHzPOTS Loop Current: 100 mALongitudinal Balance: >55 dBPower Cross: Fail-safe per UL1950

ENVIRONMENTALOperating: -40°C to +70°C

5-90% relative humidityNon-Operating: -40°C to +70°C

5-95% relative humidity

Page 165: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

159w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

BroadWire™ 24Specifications

2B1Q ADSL/ISDN Splitter Card

For BroadWire 24 ETSI Chassis

ELECTRICALImpedance: 135 Ohms ±5% (typical), differentialInsertion Loss: ≤ 0.8 dB at f ≤ 40 KHz

≤ 2.0 dB at f ≤ 80 KHz≥ 65.0 dB at f ≥ 150 KHz

ISDN Passband Ripple: < 0.1 dBISDN -3 dB Corner Frequency: 95 KHz (typical)Envelope Delay Distortion: 20 µSec maximum (0.3 - 95,000 Hz)Power Requirements: NonePOTS Path Resistance: 12.5 Ohms maximum per pathPassband Return Loss: > 16 dB at f ≤ 40 KHz

> 14 dB at f ≤ 80 KHzOperating Bandwidth: DC to 1.104 MHzPOTS Loop Current: 100 mALongitudinal Balance: > 55 dBPower Cross: Fail-safe per UL1950

ENVIRONMENTALOperating: -40°C to +70°C

5-90% relative humidityNon-Operating: -40°C to +70°C

5-95% relative humidity

Complex Impedance ADSL/POTS Splitter Card With 12 KHz and 16 KHz Billing Tone SupportFor BroadWire 24 ETSI Chassis

ELECTRICALImpedance: Complex, 270 Ohms + (750 Ohms || 150 nF)Insertion Loss: ≤ ±1.0 dB at f ≤ 4 KHz

> 55 dB at 30 KHz (typical, complex term.)Billing Tone Insertion Loss: < 3.0 dB at 12 KHz (maximum, 200 Ohms term.)

< 3.0 dB at 16 KHz (maximum, 200 Ohms term.)POTS Passband Ripple: < 0.10 dBPOTS -3 dB Corner Frequency: 9 KHz (typical)Envelope Delay Distortion: 70 µSec maximum (0.3 - 3900 Hz)Power Requirements: NonePOTS Path Resistance: 12.5 Ohms maximum per pathPassband Return Loss: Per ITU Q.552Operating Bandwidth: DC to 1.104 MHzPOTS Loop Current: 100 mA DCLongitudinal Balance: > 58 dB (minimum)POTS Tip to Ring DC Voltage: 0 - 105 VPOTS Ringing Signal: 40 - 150 Vrms (at any frequency from 15 - 25 Hz)Power Cross: Fail-safe per UL1950

ENVIRONMENTALOperating: -40°C to +70°C

5-90% relative humidityNon-Operating: -40°C to +70°C

5-95% relative humidity

Page 166: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

160w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Description

BroadWire 24 ETSI platformFor international deployment

ETSI chassisT1.413 splitter card, 24 ports2B1Q splitter card, 24 ports4B3T splitter card, 24 portsComplex impedance splitter card, 24 ports

BroadWire 24 rear access platformFor North American deployment

Rear access chassisT1.413 splitter card, 24 ports

BroadWire 24 front access platformFor North American deployment

Front access chassis and one pre-installed T1.413 splitter card

Front access chassisT1.413 splitter card, 24 ports

Catalog Number

IPC-CMXXXXX-0012IPC-RMT14DM-V242IPC-RM2B1DX-V242IPC-RM4B3DX-V242IPC-RMFINDX-A242

IPC-CMXXXXX-0011IPC-RMT14DM-V241

IPC-PMT14DM-A013

IPC-CMXXXXX-0013IPC-RMT14DM-V243

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

BroadWire™ 24

Page 167: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

161w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Ethernet/Data ConnectivityGlide Cable Manager

Features

• Integrated front, rear, horizontal, and vertical cable management

• Patented rib cage design eliminates horizontal support trays and bars

• Supports up to 912 ports on a single rack

• Built-in bend radius protection ensures network integrity

• Designed for quick and easy moves, adds, and changes

• Optional slack managers available for 8-, 10-, and 12-inch widths

• Fits standard EIA rack with three-inch channel

• Used for single rack or as inter-rack unit

• Optional crossover troughs and horizontal cable managers available

• Optional EIA-standard horizontal support bars available

Description

Glide cable manager, vertical mount – to equip both sides of a 7-foot rack, ordertwo Glide Cable Manager units

6", front only, without slack manager6", front only, with slack manager6", without slack manager8", without slack manager

10", without slack manager12", without slack manager8", with slack manager

10", with slack manager12", with slack manager

Top trough, 2 RUCrossover trough, 4 RU

Black metal covers

41" x 6", four per pack41" x 8", four per pack41" x 10", four per pack41" x 12", four per pack

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

ADCCMVIB06F-2ADCCMVIBS06F-2ADCCM-06ADCCM-08ADCCM-10ADCCM-12ADCCMS-08ADCCMS-10ADCCMS-12ADCCMTG02ADCCMTG04

ADCCMVIBC06B4ADCCMVIBC08B4ADCCMVIBC10B4ADCCMVIBC12B4

Glide Cable Manager with Slack Managers

Cover in Black Metal

Glide Cable ManagerShown in Cabinet

Page 168: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

162w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Ethernet/Data ConnectivityGlide Cable Manager

Description

Glide cable manager, cabinet mount –ships 4 per pack

6" x 10 RU6" x 20 RU

Glide cable manager, cabinet mount,with cable retention – ships 4 per pack

3" x 20 RU6" x 20 RU

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

ADCCMVIB-CB10-4ADCCMVIB-CB-4

ADCCMVIB-3CB20-4ADCCMVIB-6CB20-4

Notes: Equips standard 7' cabinet with front or rear cable management.Order two 4-packs to equip front and rear of cabinet.

*Requires Glide UEF adapter

Description

Crossover troughs

2 RU, black4 RU, black, 23" rack4 RU, black

Horizontal cable managers

2 RU3 RU4 RUWith slack managers, 3 RUWith slack managers, 4 RU

Rear cable management bar, 19" 1" extension

Rear cable management bar, 19" 4" extension

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

ADCCMTG02ADCCMTG04-23ADCCMTG04

ADCCMHIB-2UADCCMHIB-3UADCCMHIB-4UADCCMHIBS-3UADCCMHIBS-4U

ADCCMRSB

ADCCMRSB-4

Description

Equipment racks

7' with 3" channel, black7' with 3" channel, mill finish7' UEF, black*

Glide UEF adapter

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

ADCRACKBLK73ADCRACKMF73ADCRACKBLK73UE

ADCCMVIBUFAS

Glide Cable Manager, Cabinet Mount

2 RU Crossover Trough

4 RU Crossover Trough

Horizontal Cable Manager

Installation Drawing for Glide Cable Manager,

Cabinet Mount

Page 169: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

163w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Ethernet/Data ConnectivityT1/E1 Demarcation Modular Patch Panels

Features

• Bantam nonintrusive T1/E1 signal monitoring(MPP-N28BA1 only)

• RJ48X (T1/E1 loopback) or RJ45C (noloopback) wiring

• Variety of rear termination options (wire-wrap,64-pin, 50-pin)

• Category 3 performance

• Variety of mounting options (19- or 23-inchrack mounting, wall mounting)

• Compatible with industry standard RJ45 patch cords

ADC modular T1/E1 demarcation patch panels feature RJ48X or RJ48C wiring with a variety of reartermination options. The T1/E1 demarcation patch panels offer the end users a familiar RJ interface bywhich the T1/E1 signal can be accessed via industry standard RJ45 patch cables.

Port Count Wiring Rear Termination EIA Mounting Catalog Number

28 (with bantam RJ48X 64-pin or wire-wrap 2 RU x 19" or 23" MPP-N28BA1monitoring ports)

28 RJ48X Wire-wrap 1 RU x 19" or 23" MPP-GDXBA1

28 RJ48X 64-pin 1 RU x 19" MPP-DXZBA0

14 RJ48X Wire-wrap, front access Wall mount, 3.5" x 19" MPP-CXZXF4

8 RJ48X Wire-wrap, front access Wall mount, 3.5" x 14" MPP-CXZXF3

5 RJ48X Wire-wrap, front access Wall mount, 3.5" x 9.9" MPP-CXZXF2

28 RJ48C Wire-wrap 1 RU x 19" or 23" MPP-GDXBA2

24 RJ48C shielded 50-pin shielded 1 RU x 19" MPP-CXFBA1-S

24 RJ48C 50-pin 1 RU x 19" MPP-CXFBA1

32 RJ48C 50-pin 1 RU x 19" MPP-CXZXBT2A

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

MPP-N28BA1 (front)

MPP-N28BA1 (rear)

MPP-CXFBA1 (front)

RJ48X has a shorting bar between transmit andreceive pins 1, 2 and 4, 5 to allow for T1/E1 signalloopback when no patch cord is present. The RJ48Chas no shorting bar.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

RJ48x

Pair 1 Pair2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

RJ48C

Shorting Bar

Pair 1 Pair2

Page 170: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

164w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Ethernet/Data Connectivity6000CHC Patch Panels—Category 6

96-Port Patch Panel

24-Port Patch Panel

48-Port Patch Panel

Features

• Category 6 performance

• Backward compatible in component, link, and channel

• Patent-pending angle-right/angle-left portrotation feature reduces cable strain, reducescable congestion, and enforces improvedcable management with orderly flow ofpatch cords

• Color-coded, gas-tight 110 IDC providessound connections for terminating stations,equipment, or tie cables

• Supports 10Base-T and 100Base-T Ethernet,1000Base-T Ethernet, token ring, up to 155Mbps ATM, and proposed 1000Base-TX

• Supports any next generation applicationsdesigned for TIA/EIA Category 6 transmissionrequirements

Dimensions (W x H)1 RU 19.0" x 1.75" (48.26 x 4.45 cm)2 RU 19.0" x 3.50" (48.26 x 8.89 cm)4 RU 19.0" x 7.0" (48.26 x 17.78 cm)

Description Port Count Wiring Configuration Rack Units Catalog Number

6000CHC 24 T568B 1 ADCPP24CH6B110patch panels 24 T568A 1 ADCPP24CH6A110

48 T568B 2 ADCPP48CH6B11048 T568A 2 ADCPP48CH6A11096 T568B 4 ADCPP96CH6B11096 T568A 4 ADCPP96CH6A110

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Page 171: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

165w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Ethernet/Data Connectivity5000E Patch Panels—Category 5e

Features

• Exceeds Category 5e requirements

• Durable construction for maximum performance

- Steel frame with black corrosion-resistantfinish

- High-impact UL 94 V-O polycarbonate usedfor all plastic parts

- Modular 8-pin, 4-pair jacks

• Advanced features of 5000E include:

- Patent-pending angle-right/angle-left ports

- Color-coded icons for quick port identification

• Includes labeling for front and rear

• Supports 10Base-T, 100Base-T, and 1000Base-TEthernet, token ring, 155 Mbps ATM

• Supports network speeds up to 1000 Mbps

5000E Patch Panels

Dimensions (W x H)1 RU 19.0" x 1.75" (48.26 x 4.45 cm)2 RU 19.0" x 3.50" (48.26 x 8.89 cm)4 RU 19.0" x 7.0" (48.26 x 17.78 cm)

Description Port Count Wiring Configuration Rack Units Catalog Number

5000E 24 T568B 1 ADCPP245EB110patch panels 24 T568A 1 ADCPP245EA110

48 T568B 2 ADCPP485EB11048 T568A 2 ADCPP485EA11096 T568B 4 ADCPP965EB11096 T568A 4 ADCPP965EA110

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

48-Port

24-Port

Page 172: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

166w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Ethernet/Data ConnectivityRJ45 Coupler Panel—Category 5

ADC’s RJ45 coupler panel provides feed-through data and voice connectivity on the front and rear for Category 5 applications. Connectivity on the front of the panel accommodates standard RJ45 patch cords.Connectivity for hubs, routers and other active equipment on the back of the panel is also designed forRJ45 patch cords – creating a convenient connection field for data applications. Includes port labeling forfront and rear. Width is 48.26 cm (19-inch).

Description Port Count Rack Units Catalog Number

RJ45 16 1 ADCPP16KSRJRJcoupler panel, 24 1 ADCPP24505Category 5 32 1 ADCPP32KSRJRJ

48 2 ADCPP4850596 4 ADCPP96505

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

RJ45 Coupler PanelRear View

RJ45 Coupler PanelFront View

Page 173: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

167w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Ethernet/Data ConnectivityFast Ethernet Patch Panels

Features

• Durable, quality construction for maximumperformance

• Saves time in moves, adds, and changes

• Features secure and convenient 25-pair connections on the rear

• Modular 8-pin, 4-pair jacks on the front

• 5100 pin-out is 1,2-3,6

• 5800 has all pairs wired

• Includes write-on labels on front

• 5100 supports 10Base-T and 100Base-T Ethernet

• 5800 supports 10/100 and 1000Base-T Ethernet

• Optional icons speed circuit identification

5100 Patch Panel, 48-Port

The first step to integrate Fast Ethernet traffic into a twisted pair network is to terminate both station-sideand equipment-side connections on high performance ADC patch panels.

For the Ethernet switching system, 5100 and 5800 patch panels provide convenient 25-pair (50-pin)female RJ21x connections on the rear, with rugged 8-pin modular jacks on the front. Port identification isaccomplished with write-on port labels and optional icons.

Dimensions (W x H)1 RU 19.0" x 1.75" (48.26 x 4.45 cm)2 RU 19.0" x 3.50" (48.26 x 8.89 cm)

Description Pin-Out Port Count Rear Connector Rack Units Catalog Number

5100 patch panel 1,2-3,6 24 RJ21x 2 ADCPP245100TEL5100 patch panel 1,2-3,6 48 RJ21x 2 ADCPP485100TEL5800 patch panel, T568B 1-8 24 RJ21x 1 ADCPP245800BTEL5800 patch panel, T568B 1-8 48 RJ21x 2 ADCPP485800BTEL

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Page 174: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

168w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Ethernet/Data Connectivity6000 Multimedia Patch Panels

48-Port Panel with Angled 6000 Modular Jacks andFlat 6000 BNC Media Adapters

6000 Multimedia Patch Panels Feature Single Circuit Access

Features

• Category 6 performance

• Front or rear loading, single-circuit accesssaves time in moves, adds, and changes

• The highest density panel available

• Build each patch panel for twisted pair, fiber,and coax applications using any mix of 6000modular jacks and 6000 media adapters

- Jacks and media adapters installed andremoved in single circuits

- For Category 6 and Category 5e modularjack applications

- Singlemode and multimode fiberapplications using LX.5®, SC, duplex SC,and ST® media adapters

- Handles applications for BNC, F-adapter,RCA-adapters, and S-Video adapters

• Creates angle-right/angle-left or conventionalflat panel profile

• Simple installation and removal of individualjacks/adapters allows for rapid change-overand minimized downtime

• Supports 10Base-T, 100Base-T, and 1000Base-T Ethernet, token ring, up to 155 Mbps ATM, and proposed 1000Base-TX

• Includes port numbers or row identificationand write-on panel labels

• Jacks and adapters install without panelfaceplates or pairing of jacks/adapters

• Available in standard and high-density port sizes

- Standard sizes – 24-ports/1 RU, 48-ports/2 RU, 96-ports/4 RU

- High-density sizes – 32-ports/1 RU and 72-ports/2 RU

24-Port Panel with Flat 6000 Modular Jacks

Description Port Rack Catalog NumberCount Units

6000 24 1 ADCPP246SUMmultimedia 32 1 ADCPP326SUMpatch panel 48 2 ADCPP486SUMchassis 72 2 ADCPP726SUM2U

96 4 ADCPP966SUM

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

6000 24 1 ADCPP246SUMR3multimedia 3" recessedpatch panelchassis

Note: Order modular jacks and media adaptersseparately.

Dimensions (W x H x d)1 RU 19.0" x 1.75" x 0.50" (48.26 x 4.45 x 1.27 cm)2 RU 19.0" x 3.47" x 0.50" (48.26 x 8.81 x 1.27 cm)4 RU 19.0" x 6.97" x 0.50" (48.26 x 17.70 x 1.27 cm)

Page 175: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

169w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Ethernet/Data Connectivity6000 Multimedia Patch Panels—6000 Modular Jacks and Icons

Features

• Exceeds Category 5e and Category 6 component performance requirements

• Exceeds Category 5e and Category 6 link and channel requirements

• Backward compatible in component, link, and channel

• Supports 10Base-T and 100Base-T Ethernet, 1000Base-T Ethernet, token ring, up to 155 Mbps ATM, andproposed 1000Base-TX

• Supports any next generation applications designed for TIA/EIA Category 6 transmission requirements

• Available in flat profile or angled version for bend radius protection in T568A and T568B wiring schemes

• Includes one jack with color-coded 110 IDC connections and clear stuffer cap

• Universal T568A/B wiring

Description Jack Type Wiring Configuration Category Catalog Number

6000 Angled T568A/B 6 ADCJA6XX*modular jacks Angled T568A/B 5e ADCJA5XX*

Flat T568A/B 6 ADCJF6XX*Flat T568A/B 5e ADCJF5XX*

Blank inserts ADC6SADUMBKXX*(Ships 10 per pack)

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

*Replace the XX in the catalog number with choice of color, below.

*Replace the XX in the catalog number with choice of color, below.

00 = Electrical Ivory01 = Office White02 = Black

03 = Red 08 = Orange 11 = Brown04 = Green 09 = Yellow05 = Blue 10 = Purple

Icon

Description Catalog Number

Icons for angled modular jacks(Ships 25 per pack)

Blank ADC6SICNPXX*Data ADC6SICNDXX*Voice ADC6SICNVXX*

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description Catalog Number

Icons for flat modular jacks and patch panels

Blank ADCICBXX*Data ADCICDXX*Voice ADCICVXX*

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

6000 Modular Jacks

IconsAngled

Flat

Page 176: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

170w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Ethernet/Data Connectivity6000 Multimedia Patch Panels—6000 Media Adapters

Features

• Fully supports fiber, coax, RCA, and S-Video applications

• Available in angled or flat profiles

• Blank inserts available to fill unused ports on 6000 multimedia patch panels

6000 Media Adapters

Description

Flat media adapters

Singlemode LX.5®

Multimode LX.5®

Singlemode SCSinglemode duplex SCMultimode SCMultimode duplex SCSinglemode ST®

Multimode ST®

BNCF-adapterRCA-adapterS-Video

Angled media adapters

Singlemode LX.5®

Multimode LX.5®

Singlemode SCSinglemode duplex SCMultimode SCMultimode duplex SCSinglemode ST®

Multimode ST®

Blank inserts (Ships 10 per pack)

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

ADC6SADUMSMLX5XX*ADC6SADUMMMLX5XX*ADC6SADUMSMSCXX*ADC6SADUMSMDSCXX*ADC6SADUMMMSCXX*ADC6SADUMMMDSCXX*ADC6SADUMSMSTXX*ADC6SADUMMMSTXX*ADC6SADUMBNCXX*ADC6SADUMFCNXX*ADC6SADUMRCAFXX*ADC6SADUMSVHSFXX*

ADC6SADANSMLX5XX*ADC6SADANMMLX5XX*ADC6SADANSMSCXX*ADC6SADANSMDSCXX*ADC6SADANMMSCXX*ADC6SADANMMDSCXX*ADC6SADANSMSTXX*ADC6SADANMMSTXX*

ADC6SADUMBKXX*

*Replace the XX in the catalog number with choice of color, below.

00 = Electrical Ivory01 = Office White02 = Black

Page 177: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

171w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Ethernet/Data Connectivity6000 High Performance Patch Cords

Features

• Exceeds Category 5e requirements as well asISO/IEC 11801 Telecommunications Standards

• Insert and remove patch cord without pulling backstrain relief boot

• Every patch cord is tested to guarantee quality

• High-performance plugs preserve signal integrityand minimize crosstalk

• Fully supports data rates up to 1000 Mbps

• Wide variety of lengths and colors promotessimple, inexpensive installation and easyidentification.

• Strain-relief boot limits bend radius and increases durability

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18

19 20 21 22 23 24

25 26 27 28 29 30

31 32 33 34 35 36

37 38 39 40 41 42

43 44 45 46 47 48

Category

5

2 3 4 5 61

8 9 10 11 127

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

2 3 4 5 61

8 9 10 11 127

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Work Station

Horizontal Cable

Fast Ethernet Hub

5100 Cable5100 Patch Panel

6000 Patch Cord

5000E Patch Panel

*Replace the XX in the catalog number with desired length in feet: 03, 05, 07, 10, 15, 20, 25 or 50 feet.Custom colors and lengths available upon request.

Description Category Color Catalog Number

6000 patch cord, with boots 6 White ADCPC-66CHB-WTXX*6 Gray ADCPC-66CHB-GYXX*6 Blue ADCPC-66CHB-BLXX*

6000 patch cord, with boots 5e White ADCPC-RRC6B-WTXX*5e Gray ADCPC-RRC6B-GYXX*5e Blue ADCPC-RRC6B-BLXX*

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Page 178: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

172w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Ethernet/Data Connectivity25-Pair Cable Assemblies

Features

• Convenient 25-pair/50-pin RJ21x connections

• Connectors available in:

- 180° exit angle

- Hydra terminated with twelve numbered RJ45 plugs

• Exceeds Category 5 PowerSum requirements

• Supports 10Base-T and 100Base-T Ethernet

The 25-pair cable assemblies are Category 5 PowerSum telco cables that provide precise connectivitybetween Fast Ethernet switches and 5100 or 5800 Patch Panels.

With the convenience and precision of RJ21x connectors, 25-pair cable assemblies easily handle even highdensity Fast Ethernet switch configurations. In addition, the durable connectors feature a lock-down systemthat eliminates intermittency often associated with other telco cables.

*Replace the XX in the catalog number with desired length in feet: 05, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 feet.

Description Connector 1 Connector 2 Catalog Number

25-pair cable assemblies Straight Exit 180º Straight Exit 180º ADCPC-T3T3-5100-XX*

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

RJ21x/RJ21x

Note: Hydra connectors consist of 12 RJ45 plugs pinned 1,2-3,6.*Replace the XX in the catalog number with desired length in feet: 06, 10, or 15 feet.

Description Connector 1 Connector 2 Catalog Number

25-pair cable assemblies Straight Exit 180º Hydra, longest to shortest plug: 1-12 ADCPC-T3H1-5100-XX*Straight Exit 180º Hydra, longest to shortest plug: 12-1 ADCPC-T3H2-5100-XX*Straight Exit 180º Hydra, plugs same length ADCPC-T3H3-5100-XX*

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

RJ21x/Hydra

Page 179: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

173w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Ethernet/Data Connectivity6000 Faceplates

Features

• Patent-pending design provides unique appearance for outlets

• Used for twisted pair, fiber, and coax applications

• Patent-pending fingertip access for easy removal and installation of designation windows

• Designed for use with 6000 modular jacks and 6000 media adapters

• For Category 6, and Category 5e modular jack applications

• For singlemode and multimode fiber applications using LX.5®, SC, duplex SC, and ST® media adapters

• Supports applications requiring BNC, F-adapters, RCA-adapters and S-Video adapters

• Accepts angled or flat jacks and media adapters

• Jacks and media adapters can be loaded from the front or the rear of the faceplate (front loading only on 1 to 3-port faceplate)

• All jacks and media adapters totally interchangeable on the faceplate

• Includes one faceplate, fingertip access designation windows, designation cards, and screws

Description Jack/Adapter Type Port Count Catalog Number

6000 faceplate – Single gang Flat 1 to 3 ADC6SFPUM031XX*Dimensions: 4.53" x 2.76" x 0.31"(11.51 x 7.01 x 0.79 cm)

6000 faceplate – Single gang Angled or Flat 1 to 4 ADC6SFPUM041XX*Dimensions: 4.53" x 2.76" x 0.31"(11.51 x 7.01 x 0.79 cm)

6000 faceplate – Single gang Flat 1 to 6 ADC6SFPUM061XX*Dimensions: 4.53" x 2.76" x 0.31"(11.51 x 7.01 x 0.79 cm)

6000 faceplate – Double gang Angled or Flat 1 to 8 ADC6SFPUM082XX*Dimensions: 4.53" x 4.60" x 0.31"(11.51 x 11.68 x 0.79 cm)

6000 faceplate – Double gang Flat 1 to 12 ADC6SFPUM122XX*Dimensions: 4.53" x 4.60" x 0.31"(11.51 x 11.68 x 0.79 cm)

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

*Replace the XX in the catalog number with choice of color, below.00 = Electrical Ivory 01 = Office White 02 = Black

*Replace the XX in the catalog number with choice ofcolor, below.

00 = Electrical Ivory01 = Office White02 = Black

*Replace the XX in the catalognumber with choice of color, below.

01 = Office White 02 = Black

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description

6000 designer faceplates –includes screws. Accepts flatmedia adapters and modular jacks

Single gangDouble gangInsert

Catalog Number

ADC6SFPDC1XXADC6SFPDC2XXADC6SFPUM03DXX

Description

6000 surface mount outlets –Accepts flat media adapters andmodular jacks. Includes fingertipdesignation windows, cards,and double-sided tape

2-ports4-ports6-ports12-ports

Catalog Number

ADC6SSMUM02XXADC6SSMUM04XXADC6SSMUM062SAXXADC6SSMUM12TRAXX

Page 180: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

174w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Ethernet/Data ConnectivityADC IEEE 1394a FireWire® Patch Panel

Features

• IEEE 1394a compatible six-pin connectors

• 400Mb/s bandwidth

• High-density, 24 ports in one rack unit

• Plated panel housing to facilitate superior shieldingand grounding

• Designation and port numbering

ADC continues its leadership role in broadcast connectivity with the development of the new 1394aFireWire® patch panel. The panel accommodates 24 ports in one rack unit and mounts in standard 19-inchracks. The panel offers customers a passive interconnection solution for their digital video editing needs.Industry-compatible six-pin IEEE 1394a connectors on both the front and rear of the panel allow customersto interconnect cameras, servers, workstations, and non-linear editing suites via FireWire at 400 Mbpsbandwidth. The result is increased flexibility and productivity without sacrificing performance and reliability.

Description Dimensions Catalog Number

One rack unit 24-port 1394a compatible 1.75" x 19" x 2.25" VI-124-1394FireWire patch panel (4.45 x 48.26 x 5.75 cm)

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Note: FireWire® is a registered trademark of the 1394 Trade Association

Page 181: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

175w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Media ConvertersOptEnet™ Media Converter Platform

Features:

• Modular design enables line card diversity within the same chassis

• Extend central office interconnect between network elements when distances are greater than 100 meters

• Ethernet delivery solution from central office to customer premises

• Reduce capital expenses associated with expensive optical line cards in network elements

• Auto-negotiation features eliminate the need for optical line card upgrade in network elements

• Redundant -48Vdc power supplies

• Supports SNMP and Telnet communication protocols

• Daisy-chain communication interfaces

• Supports 10Base-T, 100Base-TX and 1000Base-T UTP conversion to singlemode fiber

• Multimode fiber to singlemode fiber conversions

• Medium Dependent Interface Cross-over (MDI-X) eliminates network collisions

• NEBS Level 3, UL and FCC standards compliant

Page 182: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

176w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Media ConvertersOptEnet™ Media Converter Platform

OptEnet 12 Slot Modular Chassis

OptEnet DC Power SupplyModule

OptEnet™ Modular ChassisThe OptEnet chassis is a modular chassis, which enables multiple types of line cards to be deployedsimultaneously within the same chassis.

Power Supply ModulesThe OptEnet chassis accepts power from DC sources. Dual power supplies are deployed within thechassis to provide redundant power to all line cards along the back plane.

Features

• Supports up to twelve OptEnet line cards

• All front access

• Accepts dual redundant power supplies

• 19 inches wide with 23-inch reverse mounting ears

• Two rack units high

• Optional SNMP and/or alarm functionality

Features

• -48Vdc (100 W) power supply

• +24Vdc (100 W) power supply

• Extended temperature versions available

• Power connection on the front panel

• Power and temperature status LEDs

SpecificationsPHYSICAL

Dimensions (HxWxD): 3.5" x 17.5" x 5.75" (8.89 x 44.45 x 12.0 cm)Weight (empty): 8.5 lbs (3.86 kg)

ENVIRONMENTALOperating Conditions: 5°C to 40°C at 5% to 85% relative humidityShort Term Conditions: -5°C to 50°C at 5% to 90% relative humidityStorage Conditions: -40°C to 70°C at 10% to 95% relative humidity (no condensation)

SpecificationsDC Input Voltage: -48Vdc, +24Vdc

Catalog Number

ADCCE1100A

Description

OptEnet modular chassis: 12-port

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Catalog Number

ADCCE2200A

ADCCE2400A

Description

OptEnet +24Vdc power supply module

OptEnet -48Vdc power supply module – extended temp

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Common Equipment

Page 183: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

177w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Media ConvertersOptEnet™ Media Converter Platform

Communications Modules

If remote monitoring is required, a central processor unit (CPU) can be deployed within the OptEnet™

platform. An alarm card is available if only local alarm indications are required. The CPU and alarm card areoptional. Only one of the two modules can be deployed in the chassis, so the network administrator mustdetermine which alarm notification method is preferable.

CPU Features:

• Serial and Ethernet interface

• SNMP and Telnet communications protocols

• Compatible with all SNMP management platforms

• Daisy-chain up to four units, via one IP address

• Firmware upgrade via TFTP or serial

• Five simultaneous Telnet sessions

Alarm Card Features:

• Normally open and normally closed alarm contacts

SpecificationsCPU Specifications

Ethernet Interface: 10Base-T, RJ45 connectorCOM IN Interface: RS-232 DCE, RJ45 connectorCOM OUT Interface: RS-232 DTE, RJ45 connectorCommunications Protocol: SNMP and ASCII

Alarm Module SpecificationsPower ON Indicator: GreenAlarm Indicator: RedContact Closures: Normally open and normally closed

Catalog Number

ADCCE3000A

ADCCE3100A

Description

OptEnet central processor unit

OptEnet alarm module

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

OptEnet CPU

OptEnet Alarm Module

Common Equipment

Page 184: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

178w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Media ConvertersOptEnet™ Media Converter Platform

Singlemode to Multimode Optical Converter Line Card

The OptEnet™ singlemode to multimode media converter line card is one of a family of line cards thatcan be deployed in the OptEnet modular chassis. The card is designed to convert optical signalstransported on a singlemode link to an optical signal that can be transported on a multimode link. Thecard supports any protocol and data rate between 10 Mbps to 622 Mbps (OC-12).

Supported Data Rates

SpecificationsELECTRICAL

Input Power: 2.7 Watts maximum; normal operation

MECHANICALChassis Compatibility: OptEnet modular chassisFiber Optic Connectors: SCDimensions (HxWxD): 1.14" x 8.07" x 7.4" (2.89 x 20.5 x 18.8 cm)Weight: 0.27 lbs (122 g)

OPTICALSinglemode

Wavelength: 1274 to 1356 nm rangeOutput Optical Power (XMT): -15dBm minimum, -8dBm maximumInput Optical Power (RCV): -8dBm minimum, -32dBm maximum

MultimodeWavelength: 1270 to 1380 nm rangeOutput Optical Power (XMT)

62.5/125µm: -20dBm minimum, -14dBm maximum50/125µm: -24dBm minimum, -14dBm maximum

Input Optical Power (RCV): -26dBm minimum, -14 dBm maximum

Catalog Number

ADCPE6000A

Description

OptEnet singlemode to multimode, 10-622 Mb/s line card

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Signal Type/Protocol Data Rate Comments

Ethernet 10 Mbps 10BASE-FLFast Ethernet 100 Mbps 100BASE-FXATM/SONET/SDH 155 Mbps OC-3

622 Mbps OC-12

Features

• Single circuit line card

• Duplex transmission

• Link status and power LED indications

• Optical connections on front panel

• Protocol independent

• Supports data rates 10 Mbps up to OC-12

OptEnet Singlemode to MultimodeOptical Converter Module

Media Conversion Line Cards

Page 185: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

179w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Media ConvertersOptEnet™ Media Converter Platform

OptEnet™ 10/100 Mbps Ethernet Line Card

The OptEnet 10/100 Mbps Ethernet media converter line card is designed to convert optical signals toelectrical signals. The line card has an auto negotiation feature allowing it to detect and synchronize witheither a 10Base-T or 100BASE-TX signal. The card supports 10BASE-T and 100BASE-T data rates overUTP and 1310 nm optics (singlemode fiber).

Supported Protocols

SpecificationsELECTRICAL

Input Power: 1.75 Watts maximum; normal operation

MECHANICALChassis Compatibility: OptEnet modular chassisFiber Optic Connectors: SCDimensions (HxWxD): 1.14" x 8.07" x 7.4" (2.89 x 20.5 x 18.8 cm)Weight: 0.27 lbs (122 g)Electrical Interface: RJ45Optical Interface: SC

OPTICALSinglemode

Wavelength: 1270 to 1380 nm rangeOutput Optical Power (XMT)

8/125µm: -15dBm minimum, -8dBm maximumInput Optical Power (RCV): -31dBm minimum, -7dBm maximum

Catalog Number

ADCPE4200A

Description

OptEnet 100BASE-LX (SC) line card

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Application Data Rate Media Distance Interface

10Base-T 10 Mbps UTP Category 3, 4 or 5 (2-pair) 328 feet (100 m) RJ45100Base-TX 100 Mbps UTP Category 5 (2-pair) 328 feet (100 m) RJ45100Base-LX 10/100 Mbps 1300 singlemode fiber 9.3 miles (15 km) SC

(8/125µm)

Features

• Supports 10Base-T, and 100Base-T

• Full and half duplex transmission (transmit and receive)

• Ethernet and fiber optic link indicators

• Auto negotiation over fiber and copper (ANSI/TIA 785)

• MDI-X – Auto-detects and corrects cross-overOptEnet 100Base-LX Ethernet Line Card

Page 186: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

180w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Media ConvertersOptEnet™ Media Converter Platform

OptEnet™ Gigabit Ethernet Line Card

The OptEnet 1000 Mbps media converter line card is designed to convert optical signals to electricalsignals. The card supports 1000BASE-T data rates over UTP and 1310 nm optics (singlemode fiber).

Supported Protocols

SpecificationsELECTRICAL

Input Power: 2.2 Watts maximum; normal operation

MECHANICALChassis Compatibility: OptEnet modular chassisFiber Optic Connectors: SCDimensions (HxWxD): 1.14" x 8.07" x 7.4" (2.89 x 20.5 x 18.8 cm)Weight: 0.27 lbs (122 g)Electrical Interface: RJ45Optical Interface: SC

OPTICALSinglemode

Wavelength: 1270 to 1355 nm rangeOutput Optical Power (XMT)

8/125µm: -11dBm minimum, -3dBm maximumInput Optical Power (RCV): -22dBm minimum, -20dBm maximum

Catalog Number

ADCPE5100A

Description

OptEnet 1000BASE-LX (SC) line card

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Application Data Rate Media Distance Interface

1000Base-TX 1000 Mbps UTP Category 5e (4-pair) 328 feet (100 m) RJ451000Base-LX 1000 Mbps 1300 singlemode fiber 6.2 miles (10 km) SC

(8/125µm)

Features

• Supports Gigabit Ethernet

• Duplex transmission (transmit and receive)

• Ethernet and fiber optic link indicators

• MDI-X – Auto-detects and corrects cross-over

OptEnet 1000Base-LXLine Card

Media Conversion Line Cards

Page 187: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

181w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Media ConvertersWork Area Media Converter

Work Area Media Converter

Features

• Reduces work area clutter by placing media conversion circuitry behind the faceplate.

• Eliminates external power adapter and fiber jumper in workstation applications.

• Improves protection of circuits by securing circuitry behind the faceplate.

• Streamlines installation and troubleshooting with built-in intelligence for optical link integrity and UTP link integrity indicators at work area.

• Supports 10Base-T and 100Base-TX UTP and 10Base-FL, 100Base-SX, and 100Base-FX multimode fiber with auto negotiation.

Media Converter shown with 6000Modular Jacks in 6000 Faceplate.

Work Area Media Converter KitsMouse port power option

850 nm ADC6S1SXSTMM1XX*1300 nm ADC6S1FXSTMM1XX*

Kit includes media converter, power adapter, 3' PS/2 jumper, and 3' blue RJ45 patch cord

Wall outlet power option850 nm ADC6S1SXSTMM2XX*1300 nm ADC6S1FXSTMM2XX*

Kit includes media converter, power adapter, AC/DC wall outlet power adapter, and 3' blue RJ45 patch cord

USB port power option850 nm ADC6S1SXSTMM3XXYY**1300 nm ADC6S1FXSTMM3XXYY**

Kit includes media converter and USB patch cord

Description Ordering Number

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Ordering notes: *Replace XX in ordering number with choice of color for media converter below

**To order USB port power cable, replace YY in ordering number with desired length in meters: 02, 05, 07, or 10. Replace XX in ordering number with choice of color for media converter

02 = Black00 = Electrical Ivory 01 = Office White

Page 188: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

182w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Customer Information and Assistance

Write:

ADC TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INCPO BOX 1101,MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55440-1101, USA

ADC TELECOMMUNICATIONS (S’PORE) PTE. LTD.100 BEACH ROAD, #18-01, SHAW TOWERS.SINGAPORE 189702.

ADC EUROPEAN CUSTOMER SERVICE, INCBELGICASTRAAT 2,1930 ZAVENTEM, BELGIUM

Phone:

EuropeSales Administration: +32-2-712-65 00Technical Assistance: +32-2-712-65 42

European Toll Free NumbersUK: 0800 960236Spain: 900 983291France: 0800 914032Germany: 0180 2232923

U.S.A. OR CanadaSales: 1-800-366-3891 Extension 73000Technical Assistance: 1-800-366-3891 Extension 73475

Asia/PacificSales Administration: +65-6294-9948Technical Assistance: +65-6393-0739

ElsewhereSales Administration: +1-952-938-8080Technical Assistance: +1-952-917-3475

Product Information and Technical Assistance:

[email protected][email protected][email protected]

Page 189: 100571

AACE/AGX-KEY . . . . . . . . . . .33ACK-INTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141ACK-INTL-N . . . . . . . . . . . .141ACOK-PWNB . . . . . . . . . . .140ADC6S1FXSTMM1XX . . . .181ADC6S1FXSTMM2XX . . . .181ADC6S1FXSTMM3XXYY . .181ADC6S1SXSTMM1XX . . . .181ADC6S1SXSTMM2XX . . . .181ADC6S1SXSTMM3XXYY . .181ADC6SADANMMDSCXX . .170ADC6SADANMMLX5XX . .170ADC6SADANMMSCXX . . .170ADC6SADANMMSTXX . . .170ADC6SADANSMDSCXX . . .170ADC6SADANSMLX5XX . . .170ADC6SADANSMSCXX . . . .170ADC6SADANSMSTXX . . . .170ADC6SADUMBKXX . .169,170ADC6SADUMBNCXX . . . . .170ADC6SADUMFCNXX . . . . .170ADC6SADUMMMDSCXX .170ADC6SADUMMMLX5XX . .170ADC6SADUMMMSCXX . . .170ADC6SADUMMMSTXX . . .170ADC6SADUMRCAFXX . . . .170ADC6SADUMSMDSCXX . .170ADC6SADUMSMLX5XX . . .170ADC6SADUMSMSCXX . . .170ADC6SADUMSMSTXX . . . .170ADC6SADUMSVHSFXX . . .170ADC6SFPDC1XX . . . . . . . .173ADC6SFPDC2XX . . . . . . . .173ADC6SFPUM031XX . . . . . .173ADC6SFPUM03DXX . . . . . .173ADC6SFPUM041XX . . . . . .173ADC6SFPUM061XX . . . . . .173ADC6SFPUM082XX . . . . . .173ADC6SFPUM122XX . . . . . .173ADC6SICNDXX . . . . . . . . .169ADC6SICNPXX . . . . . . . . . .169ADC6SICNVXX . . . . . . . . .169ADC6SSMUM02XX . . . . . .173ADC6SSMUM04XX . . . . . .173ADC6SSMUM062SAXX . . .173ADC6SSMUM12TRAXX . . .173ADCCE1100A . . . . . . . . . .176ADCCE2200A . . . . . . . . . .176ADCCE2400A . . . . . . . . . .176ADCCE3000A . . . . . . . . . .177ADCCE3100A . . . . . . . . . .177ADCCM-06 . . . . . . . . . . . .161

ADCCM-08 . . . . . . . . . . . .161ADCCM-10 . . . . . . . . . . . .161ADCCM-12 . . . . . . . . . . . .161ADCCMHIB-2U . . . . . . . . .162ADCCMHIB-3U . . . . . . . . .162ADCCMHIB-4U . . . . . . . . .162ADCCMHIBS-3U . . . . . . . .162ADCCMHIBS-4U . . . . . . . .162ADCCMRSB . . . . . . . . . . . .162ADCCMRSB-4 . . . . . . . . . .162ADCCMS-08 . . . . . . . . . . .161ADCCMS-10 . . . . . . . . . . .161ADCCMS-12 . . . . . . . . . . .161ADCCMTG02 . . . . . . .161,162ADCCMTG04 . . . . . . .161,162ADCCMTG04-23 . . . . . . . .162ADCCMVIB-3CB20-4 . . . . .162ADCCMVIB-6CB20-4 . . . . .162ADCCMVIB-CB-4 . . . . . . . .162ADCCMVIB-CB10-4 . . . . . .162ADCCMVIB06F-2 . . . . . . . .161ADCCMVIBC06B4 . . . . . . .161ADCCMVIBC08B4 . . . . . . .161ADCCMVIBC10B4 . . . . . . .161ADCCMVIBC12B4 . . . . . . .161ADCCMVIBS06F-2 . . . . . . .161ADCCMVIBUFAS . . . . . . . .162ADCICBXX . . . . . . . . . . . . .169ADCICDXX . . . . . . . . . . . .169ADCICVXX . . . . . . . . . . . . .169ADCJA5XX . . . . . . . . . . . .169ADCJA6XX . . . . . . . . . . . .169ADCJF5XX . . . . . . . . . . . . .169ADCJF6XX . . . . . . . . . . . . .169ADCPC-66CHB-BLXX . . . . .171ADCPC-66CHB-GYXX . . . .171ADCPC-66CHB-WTXX . . . .171ADCPC-RRC6B-BLXX . . . . .171ADCPC-RRC6B-GYXX . . . .171ADCPC-RRC6B-WTXX . . . .171ADCPC-T3H1-5100-XX . . .172ADCPC-T3H2-5100-XX . . .172ADCPC-T3H3-5100-XX . . .172ADCPC-T3T3-5100-XX . . .172ADCPE4200A . . . . . . . . . .179ADCPE5100A . . . . . . . . . .180ADCPE6000A . . . . . . . . . .178ADCPP16KSRJRJ . . . . . . . .166ADCPP24505 . . . . . . . . . . .166ADCPP245100TEL . . . . . . .167ADCPP245800BTEL . . . . . .167ADCPP245EA110 . . . . . . .165ADCPP245EB110 . . . . . . . .165

ADCPP246SUM . . . . . . . . .168ADCPP246SUMR3 . . . . . . .168ADCPP24CH6A110 . . . . . .164ADCPP24CH6B110 . . . . . .164ADCPP326SUM . . . . . . . . .168ADCPP32KSRJRJ . . . . . . . .166ADCPP48505 . . . . . . . . . . .166ADCPP485100TEL . . . . . . .167ADCPP485800BTEL . . . . . .167ADCPP485EA110 . . . . . . .165ADCPP485EB110 . . . . . . . .165ADCPP486SUM . . . . . . . . .168ADCPP48CH6A110 . . . . . .164ADCPP48CH6B110 . . . . . .164ADCPP726SUM2U . . . . . . .168ADCPP96505 . . . . . . . . . . .166ADCPP965EA110 . . . . . . .165ADCPP965EB110 . . . . . . . .165ADCPP966SUM . . . . . . . . .168ADCPP96CH6A110 . . . . . .164ADCPP96CH6B110 . . . . . .164ADCRACKBLK73 . . . . . . . .162ADCRACKBLK73UE . . . . . .162ADCRACKMF73 . . . . . . . .162AUX-000040 . . . . . . . . . . .133AUX-0X0165 . . . . . . . . . . .142AUX-0X0381 . . . . . . . . . . .142AUX-0X0383 . . . . . . . . . . .142AUX-0X0466 . . . . . . . . . . .142AUX-0X0467 . . . . . . . . . . .142AUX-0X0468 . . . . . . . . . . .142AUX-0X0802 . . . . . . . . . . .142AUX-0X0803 . . . . . . . . . . .142AUX-0X0915 . . . . . . . . . . .145AUX-0X0916 . . . . . . . . . . .145AUX-0X0917 . . . . . . . . . . .145AUX-0X0918 . . . . . . . . . . .145AUX-0X0919 . . . . . . . . . . .145AUX-0X0925 . . . . . . . . . . .145AUX-0X0926 . . . . . . . . . . .145AUX-0X0927 . . . . . . . . . . .145AUX-0X0928 . . . . . . . . . . .145AUX-0X0929 . . . . . . . . . . .145AUX-0X0930 . . . . . . . . . . .145AUX-0X0933 . . . . . . . . . . .145AUX-0X0934 . . . . . . . . . . .145AUX-0X0935 . . . . . . . . . . .145AUX-200022 . . . . . . . . . . .133AUX-200064 . . . . . . . . . . .133AUX-AC0003 . . . . . . . . . . .133AUX-AC0004 . . . . . . . . . . .133AUX-AC0005 . . . . . . . . . . .133

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

183w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Index

Page 190: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

184w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Index

BBNC-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120BNC-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120BNC-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120BNC-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120BNC-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120BNC-RA-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .120BNC-RA-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . .120BNC-RA-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . .120BNC-RA-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . .120BNC-RA-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . .120BNC-TOOL-1 . . . . . . . . . . .121BT2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121

CCA1-X0-09-571-A21-MG .107CA1-X0-09-572-A21-MG .107CA1-X0-09-573-A21-MG .107CA1-X0-09-574-A21-MG .107CA1-X0-09-575-A21-MG .107CA1-X0-09-576-A21-MG .107CA1-X0-09-577-A21-MG .107CA1-X0-09-578-A21-MG .107CA1-X0-09-634-A21-MG .107CA1-X0-09-635-A21-MG .107CCS-BLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121CL-01M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107CL-01M0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107CL-02M . . . . . . . . . . .107,110CL-02M0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107CL-03M0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107CL-04M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110CL-04M0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107CL-06M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110CL-14M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110CL-250M . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107CL-300M . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107CL-350M . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107CMB-P-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . .110

DD1M-1A2015 . . . . . . . . . .131D1M-1A2016 . . . . . . . . . .131D1M-1A2017 . . . . . . . . . .131D3C-0024T . . . . . . . . . . . .117D3C-WBOX06 . . . . . . . . . .118DCK-01A . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107DCK-02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108DFX-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128DFX-100001 . . . . . . . . . . .128DFX-100001-DPM . . . . . . .128

DFX-1F0001 . . . . . . . . . . . .129DFX-1F0001-DPM . . . . . . .129DFX-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128DFX-210001 . . . . . . . . . . .128DFX-210001-DPM . . . . . . .128DFX-220001 . . . . . . . . . . .128DFX-220001-DPM . . . . . . .128DFX-230001 . . . . . . . . . . .128DFX-400001 . . . . . . . . . . .128DFX-500001 . . . . . . . . . . .128DFX-9E0002 . . . . . . . . . . .128DFX-9E0003 . . . . . . . . . . .129DFX-9E0003-DPM . . . . . . .129DFX-9E1000 . . . . . . . . . . .128DFX-9E2000 . . . . . . . . . . .128DFX-9E3000 . . . . . . . . . . .128DFX-9E4000 . . . . . . . . . . .128DFX-9E4000-S . . . . . . . . . .128DFX-9E5000 . . . . . . . . . . .128DFX-9F1000 . . . . . . . . . . . .129DFX-9F1000-DPM . . . . . . .129DFX-RSFA03 . . . . . . . . . . . .129DFX-RSFA04 . . . . . . . . . . . .129DFX-SHD001 . . . . . . . . . . .139DFX-SHD002 . . . . . . . . . . .139DFX-SHD003 . . . . . . . . . . .139DFX-SHD004 . . . . . . . . . . .139DFX-SHD005 . . . . . . . . . . .139DFX-SHD006 . . . . . . . . . . .139DMM-1656BLK . . . . . . . . .116DMM-1656F . . . . . . . . . . .116DMM-1656MF . . . . . . . . . .116DMM-BBNCBLK . . . . . . . . .116DMM-BBNCF . . . . . . . . . . .116DMM-BBNCMF . . . . . . . . .116DMM-BLANK . . . . . . . . . . .116DPK-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108DSX-3 CCUT . . . . . . . . . . .121DSX-4R-MB160 . . . . . . . . .112DSX-4R-MB260 . . . . . . . . .112DSX-4R-MG130 . . . . . . . . .112DSX-4R-MG140 . . . . . . . . .112DSX-4R-MG160 . . . . . . . . .112DSX-4R-MG230 . . . . . . . . .112DSX-4R-MG240 . . . . . . . . .112DSX-4R-MG260 . . . . . . . . .112DSX-CCW/1000 . . . . . . . . .142DSX-CCW/1500 . . . . . . . . .142DSX-CCW/2000 . . . . . . . . .142DSX-CCW/500 . . . . . . . . . .142DSX4R-24B0-D24 . . . . . . .113DSX4R-D24 . . . . . . . . . . . .113

EE-501-L139 . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

FF-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110F-11/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110F-11/3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110F-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110F-1/4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110F-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110F-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110F-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110F-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110F-2 1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110F-2/10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110F-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110F-31/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110F-3/4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110F-3/8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110F-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110F-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110F-71/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110FEC-ACCCLMP01 . . . . . . . .27FG-01A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107FGS-ACC063 . . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-ASRI-10F . . . . . . . . . . . .93FGS-ASRI-15F . . . . . . . . . . . .93FGS-ASRI-5F . . . . . . . . . . . . .93FGS-BTBL-C . . . . . . . . . . . . .91FGS-BTBS-C . . . . . . . . . . . . .91FGS-CD4E-A . . . . . . . . . . . .92FGS-CD4E-B . . . . . . . . . . . . .94FGS-CD9E-A . . . . . . . . . . . .92FGS-CD9E-B . . . . . . . . . . . . .94FGS-CDSA-AB . . . . . . . . . . .92FGS-CH4E-A . . . . . . . . . . . .92FGS-CH4E-B . . . . . . . . . . . . .94FGS-CH9E-A . . . . . . . . . . . .92FGS-CH9E-B . . . . . . . . . . . . .94FGS-CHRT-A . . . . . . . . . . . . .92FGS-CHRT-B . . . . . . . . . . . . .94FGS-CHXP-A . . . . . . . . . . . .92FGS-CHXP-B . . . . . . . . . . . . .94FGS-HAEJ-C . . . . . . . . . . . . .91FGS-HASB-1/2-36 . . . . . . . .93FGS-HASB-1/2-48 . . . . . . . .93FGS-HASB-5/8-36 . . . . . . . .93FGS-HASB-5/8-48 . . . . . . . .93FGS-HASK-C . . . . . . . . . . . .91FGS-HCBL-12 . . . . . . . . . . . .93FGS-HCBL-15 . . . . . . . . . . . .93FGS-HDCB-C . . . . . . . . . . . .91

Page 191: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

185w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Index

FGS-HDGR . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93FGS-HDSI-AB . . . . . . . . . . . .93FGS-HETR-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . .93FGS-HETR-5/8 . . . . . . . . . . .93FGS-HETR-5/8-A . . . . . . . . . .93FGS-HETR-F-5/8 . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-HFCK-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . .93FGS-HFCK-5/8 . . . . . . . . . . .93FGS-HFRR-10 . . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-HHEC-10 . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-HHGK . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-HIFC-A . . . . . . . . . . . . .92FGS-HIFC-B . . . . . . . . . . . . .94FGS-HIFC-F . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-HLBK . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93FGS-HLDR-5/8 . . . . . . . . .91,93FGS-HLR2-C . . . . . . . . . . . . .91FGS-HMEC-A . . . . . . . . . . . .92FGS-HMEC-B . . . . . . . . . . . .94FGS-HMEC-C . . . . . . . . . . . .90FGS-HMEC-F . . . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-HMEC-G . . . . . . . . . . . .91FGS-HNLR-AB . . . . . . . . . . .93FGS-HNLR-F . . . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-HNTP-F-5/8 . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-HNTR-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . .93FGS-HNTR-5/8 . . . . . . . . . . .93FGS-HNTR-5/8-A . . . . . . . . .93FGS-HNTR-F-5/8 . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-HNTS-5/8 . . . . . . . . . . .93FGS-HNTS-5/8-LP . . . . . . . . .93FGS-HNTS-F-5/8 . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-HNTS-F-5/8-LP . . . . . . .96FGS-HQKK . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-HSHC-10 . . . . . . . . . . .90FGS-HTHR-5/8-12 . . . . . .91,93FGS-HTHR-5/8-30 . . . . . . . .93FGS-HTHR-5/8-72 . . . . . . . .93FGS-HTR2-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . .91FGS-HTR2-5/8 . . . . . . . . . . .91FGS-HTUB-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . .93FGS-HTUB-2-AB . . . . . . . . . .91FGS-HTUB-5/8 . . . . . . . . . . .93FGS-HUFB-C . . . . . . . . . . . . .91FGS-HVHG . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-HWMB-C . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-HWMB-D . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-JUNC-G . . . . . . . . . . . .92FGS-KDH2-C . . . . . . . . . . . .90FGS-KQKB . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-KT03-A . . . . . . . . . . . . .93FGS-KT03-A1 . . . . . . . . . . . .93FGS-KT03-C . . . . . . . . . . . . .90

FGS-KT09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-KTW1-C . . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-KTW1-CA . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-KTW1-E . . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-KTW2-D . . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-KTW4-C . . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-KTW4-E . . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-MCDS-AB . . . . . . . .92,94FGS-MCDS-EX-AB . . . . . .92,94FGS-MD4A-C . . . . . . . . . . . .90FGS-MD4E-A . . . . . . . . . . . .92FGS-MD4E-B . . . . . . . . . . . .94FGS-MD4E-F . . . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-MD4E-G . . . . . . . . . . . .91FGS-MD9A-C . . . . . . . . . . . .90FGS-MD9E-A . . . . . . . . . . . .92FGS-MD9E-B . . . . . . . . . . . .94FGS-MD9E-F . . . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-MD9E-G . . . . . . . . . . . .91FGS-MDRT-F . . . . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-MDSA-AB . . . . . . . . . . .92FGS-MDSA-AC . . . . . . . . . . .90FGS-MDSA-F2B . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-MDSA-FB . . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-MDSA-GA . . . . . . . . . .91FGS-MDSA-GB . . . . . . . . . . .91FGS-MDSP-A . . . . . . . . . . . .92FGS-MDSP-B . . . . . . . . . . . .94FGS-MDSP-C . . . . . . . . . . . .90FGS-MDSP-EX-A . . . . . . . . .92FGS-MDSP-EX-B . . . . . . . . . .94FGS-MDSP-F . . . . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-MDSP-G . . . . . . . . . . . .91FGS-MEX1-C-5F . . . . . . .90,93FGS-MEXC-E-A . . . . . . . . . .90FGS-MEXC-E-A/B/F . . . . . . . .90FGS-MEXC-E-B . . . . . . . . . . .90FGS-MEXC-E-F . . . . . . . . . . .90FGS-MEXP-A/B/F . . . . . . . . .90FGS-MEXP-E-A/B/F . . . . . . . .90FGS-MEXP-LP-A/B/F . . . . . . .90FGS-MEXP-LP-G . . . . . . . . . .91FGS-MFAW-A . . . . . . . . . . . .92FGS-MFAW-B . . . . . . . . . . . .94FGS-MFAW-F . . . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-MFTY-10F . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-MFTY-15F . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-MFTY-200F . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-MFTY-5F . . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-MH4A-C . . . . . . . . . . . .90FGS-MH4E-A . . . . . . . . . . . .92FGS-MH4E-B . . . . . . . . . . . .94FGS-MH4E-F . . . . . . . . . . . .95

FGS-MH4E-G . . . . . . . . . . . .91FGS-MH9A-C . . . . . . . . . . . .90FGS-MH9E-A . . . . . . . . . . . .92FGS-MH9E-B . . . . . . . . . . . .94FGS-MH9E-F . . . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-MH9E-G . . . . . . . . . . . .91FGS-MHIS-A . . . . . . . . . . . . .92FGS-MHIS-B . . . . . . . . . . . . .94FGS-MHIS-F . . . . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-MHIS-JIG-A/B/F . .92,94,95FGS-MHRT-A . . . . . . . . . . . .92FGS-MHRT-B . . . . . . . . . . . .94FGS-MHRT-F . . . . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-MHRT-F/B . . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-MHRT-G . . . . . . . . . . . .91FGS-MHTA-C . . . . . . . . . . . .90FGS-MHXP-A . . . . . . . . . . . .92FGS-MHXP-B . . . . . . . . . . . .94FGS-MHXP-B/F . . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-MHXP-C . . . . . . . . . . . .90FGS-MHXP-F . . . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-MHXP-G . . . . . . . . . . . .91FGS-MIDY-10F . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-MIDY-15F . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-MIDY-5F . . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-MJWR-A . . . . . . . . . . . .93FGS-MJWR-C . . . . . . . . . . . .90FGS-MJWR-D . . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-MKIT-ABF . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-MLDY-100F . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-MLDY-150F . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-MLDY-200F . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-MLDY-250F . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-MSDS-C . . . . . . . . . . . .90FGS-MSHA-C . . . . . . . . . . . .90FGS-MSHC-A . . . . . . . . . . . .92FGS-MSHC-B . . . . . . . . . . . .94FGS-MSHC-C . . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-MSHS-A . . . . . . . . . . . .92FGS-MSHS-B . . . . . . . . . . . .94FGS-MSHS-C . . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-MSHS-CA . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-MSHS-D . . . . . . . . . . . .96FGS-MSHS-F . . . . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-MSHS-G . . . . . . . . . . . .91FGS-MSSC-A . . . . . . . . . . . .92FGS-MSSC-B/G . . . . . . . .91,94FGS-MSSC-F . . . . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-MTRM-A . . . . . . . . . . . .93FGS-MTRM-B . . . . . . . . . . . .94FGS-MTRM-F . . . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-MTRM-G . . . . . . . . . . .91FGS-MU4A-C . . . . . . . . . . . .90

Page 192: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

186w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Index

FGS-MU4E-A . . . . . . . . . . . .92FGS-MU4E-B . . . . . . . . . . . .94FGS-MU4E-F . . . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-MU4E-G . . . . . . . . . . . .91FGS-MU9E-A . . . . . . . . . . . .92FGS-MU9E-B . . . . . . . . . . . .94FGS-MVAR-A . . . . . . . . . . . .92FGS-MVAR-B . . . . . . . . . . . .94FGS-MVAR-F . . . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-SD4E-F . . . . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-SD9E-F . . . . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-SDSA-FB . . . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-SH4E-F . . . . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-SH9E-F . . . . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-SHRT-F . . . . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-SHRT-F/B . . . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-SHXP-B/F . . . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-SHXP-F . . . . . . . . . . . . .95FGS-SU4E-F . . . . . . . . . . . . .95FHA-01A . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107FL1-6P2SC003 . . . . . . . . . . .33FL1-6P4SC003 . . . . . . . . . . .33FL1-6P5BC003 . . . . . . . . . . .33FL1-6P6BC003 . . . . . . . . . . .33FL1-6P7SC003 . . . . . . . . . . .33FL1-6P8SC003 . . . . . . . . . . .33FL1-6P9BC003 . . . . . . . . . . .33FL1-6PABC003 . . . . . . . . . . .33FL1-6PCSC003 . . . . . . . . . . .33FL1-6PDBC003 . . . . . . . . . . .33FL1-6PESC003 . . . . . . . . . . .33FL1-6PFSC003 . . . . . . . . . . .33FL1-6PJSC003 . . . . . . . . . . .33FL1-6PKSC003 . . . . . . . . . . .33FL1-6PLSC003 . . . . . . . . . . .33FL1-6PPSC003 . . . . . . . . . . .33FL1-6PRSC003 . . . . . . . . . . .33FL1-6PXBC003 . . . . . . . . . . .33FL1-6PYBC003 . . . . . . . . . . .33FL1-ACC001 . . . . . . . . . . . .33FL1-ACC002 . . . . . . . . . . . .33FL1-ACC003 . . . . . . . . . . . .33FL1-M-3M . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33FL1-M-FT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33FL1-M-HS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33FL1-M-NT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33FL1-M-RT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33FL2-12RPNL . . . . . . . . . . . . .40FL2-12TS350 . . . . . . . . . . . .42FL2-144SPNL . . . . . . . . . . . .41FL2-144SPNL2 . . . . . . . . . . .41FL2-16FSD525 . . . . . . . . . . .43FL2-19MAX0175 . . . . . . . . .50

FL2-19MAX0350 . . . . . . . . .50FL2-19MAX0525 . . . . . . . . .50FL2-19MAX0700 . . . . . . . . .50FL2-19MAX0875 . . . . . . . . .50FL2-19MAX1050 . . . . . . . . .50FL2-19MAX1400 . . . . . . . . .50FL2-19MAX1750 . . . . . . . . .50FL2-24RPNL . . . . . . . . . . . . .40FL2-24TS525 . . . . . . . . . . . .42FL2-28FSD875 . . . . . . . . . . .43FL2-2RSTORE . . . . . . . . . . . .44FL2-36RPNL . . . . . . . . . . . . .40FL2-48RPNL . . . . . . . . . . . . .40FL2-48SPNL . . . . . . . . . . . . .41FL2-48SPNL2 . . . . . . . . . . . .41FL2-48TS875 . . . . . . . . . . . .42FL2-4VAM525 . . . . . . . . . . .52FL2-4WVAM3RU . . . . . . . . .52FL2-4WVAM3RU-600 . . . . .52FL2-600MM0175 . . . . . . . . .51FL2-600MM0350 . . . . . . . . .51FL2-600MM0525 . . . . . . . . .51FL2-600MM0700 . . . . . . . . .51FL2-600MM0875 . . . . . . . . .51FL2-600MM1050 . . . . . . . . .51FL2-600MM1400 . . . . . . . . .51FL2-600MM1750 . . . . . . . . .51FL2-6PBLNK . . . . . . . . . . . . .45FL2-6PMMDSC . . . . . . .33, 45FL2-6PMMFC . . . . . . . . .33, 45FL2-6PMMFC-Z . . . . . . . . . .45FL2-6PMMLC . . . . . . . . .33, 45FL2-6PMMLX . . . . . . . . .33, 45FL2-6PMMSC . . . . . . . . .33, 45FL2-6PMMSC-Z . . . . . . . . . .45FL2-6PMMST . . . . . . . . .33, 45FL2-6PMMST-Z . . . . . . . . . . .45FL2-6PSMAE2 . . . . . . . .33, 45FL2-6PSMAFC . . . . . . . .33, 45FL2-6PSMALX . . . . . . . .33, 45FL2-6PSMASC . . . . . . . .33, 45FL2-6PSMDSC . . . . . . . .33, 45FL2-6PSMDSC-Z . . . . . . . . . .33FL2-6PSMFC . . . . . . . . .33, 45FL2-6PSMFC-Z . . . . . . . .33, 45FL2-6PSMFC/SC . . . . . . . . . .45FL2-6PSMLC . . . . . . . . .33, 45FL2-6PSMSC . . . . . . . . .33, 45FL2-6PSMSC-Z . . . . . . . .33, 45FL2-6PSMST . . . . . . . . . .33, 45FL2-6PSMST-Z . . . . . . . .33, 45FL2-6PSMST/SC . . . . . . . . . .45FL2-6RSTORE . . . . . . . . . . . .44

FL2-6VAM700 . . . . . . . . . . .52FL2-72RPNL . . . . . . . . . . . . .40FL2-72TS140 . . . . . . . . . . . .42FL2-96RPNL . . . . . . . . . . . . .40FL2-96SPNL . . . . . . . . . . . . .41FL2-96SPNL2 . . . . . . . . . . . .41FL2-96TS175 . . . . . . . . . . . .42FL2-9VAM105 . . . . . . . . . . .52FL2-ACC006 . . . . . . .33,40,47FL2-ACC007 . . . . .33,40,41,47FL2-ACC008 . . . . . . . . . . . .40FL2-ACC011 . . . . . . . . . . . .47FL2-ACC012 . . . . . . . . . . . .47FL2-ACC021 . . . . . . .40,41,47FL2-ACC033 . . . . . . . . . .40,47FL2-ACC051 . . . . . . . . . . . .47FL2-BLNKFULL0350 . . . . . . .47FL2-BLNKFULL0525 . . . . . . .47FL2-BLNKFULL0700 . . . . . . .47FL2-BLNKFULL0875 . . . . . . .47FL2-BLNKFULL1050 . . . . . . .47FL2-BLNKVCG0350 . . . . . . .47FL2-BLNKVCG0875 . . . . . . .47FL2-BLNKVCG1050 . . . . . . .47FL2-CST60525 . . . . . . . . . . .43FL2-ETEB0175 . . . . . . . . . . .51FL2-ETEB0350 . . . . . . . . . . .51FL2-ETEB0525 . . . . . . . . . . .51FL2-ETEB0700 . . . . . . . . . . .51FL2-ETEB0875 . . . . . . . . . . .51FL2-ETEB1050 . . . . . . . . . . .51FL2-ETEB1400 . . . . . . . . . . .51FL2-ETEB1700 . . . . . . . . . . .51FL2-EUROIMP-26-600-A . . .48FL2-EUROIMP-67 . . . . . . . . .48FL2-EUROIMP-REAR . . . . . . .48FL2-FLMT0175 . . . . . . . . . . .49FL2-FLMT0350 . . . . . . . . . . .49FL2-FLMT0525 . . . . . . . . . . .49FL2-FLMT0700 . . . . . . . . . . .49FL2-FLMT0875 . . . . . . . . . . .49FL2-FLMT1050 . . . . . . . . . . .49FL2-HZSTORE . . . . . . . . . . . .44FL2-HZSTORE-600 . . . . . . . .44FL2-HZSTORE-FLMT . . . . . . .44FL2-HZSTORE-WMNT . . . . . .44FL2-RSPLCE-FT . . . . . . . .41,42FL2-RSPLCE-HS . . . . . . . .41,42FL2-RSPLCE-MT . . . . . . . .41,42FL2-RSPLCE-NT . . . . . . . .41,42FL2-TR2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . .44FMT-2SAP01 . . . . . . . . . . . .71FMT-2SAP02 . . . . . . . . . . . .71

Page 193: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

187w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Index

FMT-2SAP03 . . . . . . . . . . . .71FMT-2SAP04 . . . . . . . . . . . .71FMT-2SAP05 . . . . . . . . . . . .71FMT-2SAP07 . . . . . . . . . . . .71FMT-2SAP09 . . . . . . . . . . . .71FMT-2SAP0F . . . . . . . . . . . . .71FMT-2SAP0J . . . . . . . . . . . . .71FMT-2SAP0K . . . . . . . . . . . .71FMT-2SAP0L . . . . . . . . . . . . .71FMT-2SAP0N . . . . . . . . . . . .71FMT-2SAP0P . . . . . . . . . . . . .71FMT-6SAP02 . . . . . . . . . . . .76FMT-6SAP06 . . . . . . . . . . . .76FMT-6SAP07 . . . . . . . . . . . .76FMT-6SAP08 . . . . . . . . . . . .76FMT-6SAP09 . . . . . . . . . . . .76FMT-6SAP0F . . . . . . . . . . . . .76FMT-6SAP0J . . . . . . . . . . . . .76FMT-6SAP0L . . . . . . . . . . . . .76FMT-6SAP0N . . . . . . . . . . . .76FMT-6SAP0X . . . . . . . . . . . .76FMT-6SAP0Y . . . . . . . . . . . .76FMT-ACC01B . . . . . . . . . . . .71FMT-ACC01P . . . . . . . . . . . .71FMT-ACC21B . . . . . . . . . . . .76FMT-ACC21P . . . . . . . . . . . .76FMT-ACCCLMP01 . . . . . .71,76FMT-ACCCLMP02 . . . . . .71,76FMT-ACCWLMT01 . . . . . . . .71FMT-GVM00000-A72P . . . . .77FOC-TERMFC-P . . . . . . . . . .59FOC-TERMSC-P . . . . . . . . . .59FOC-TERMST-P . . . . . . . . . . .59FP-G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108FST-3M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33FST-DRS12-HS . . . . . . . . .41,42FST-DRS12-MT . . . . . . . .41,42FST-DRS24-NT . . . . . . . . .41,42FST-FT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33FST-HS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33FST-MT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33FST-NT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33FST-RCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33FST-RT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33FVM-19X175 . . . . . . . . . . . .53FVM-19X350 . . . . . . . . . . . .53FVM-23X400 . . . . . . . . . . . .53

GGMT Dummy . . . . . . . . . . .110

IIBF-1ENCDOR . . . . . . . . . .132IBF-1ENCEG . . . . . . . . . . . .132IBF-RSC021 . . . . . . . . . . . .125IBR-D3C002 . . . . . . . . . . . .117IBR-D3S002 . . . . . . . . . . . .114IPA-K1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33,47IPA-K2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33,47IPC-CEXXXXX-0052 . . . . . .153IPC-CEXXXXX-0101 . . . . . .153IPC-CMXXXXX-0011 . . . . .160IPC-CMXXXXX-0012 . . . . .160IPC-CMXXXXX-0013 . . . . .160IPC-PMT14DM-A013 . . . . .160IPC-RM2B1DX-V242 . .153,160IPC-RM4B3DX-V242 . .153,160IPC-RMBYPXX-0242 . . . . .153IPC-RMETSDE-V242 . . . . . .153IPC-RMFINDX-A242 . . . . . .160IPC-RMGERDX-V242 . . . . .153IPC-RMT14DM-V241 . . . . .160IPC-RMT14DM-V242 .153,160IPC-RMT14DM-V243 . . . . .160

KKLM Dummy . . . . . . . . . . .109KLM-05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109KLM-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109KLM-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109KLM-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109KLM-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109KLM-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109

LLCA-000009 . . . . . . . . . . .121

MMPP-CXFBA1 . . . . . . . . . . .163MPP-CXFBA1-S . . . . . . . . .163MPP-CXZXBT2A . . . . . . . . .163MPP-CXZXF2 . . . . . . . . . . .163MPP-CXZXF3 . . . . . . . . . . .163MPP-CXZXF4 . . . . . . . . . . .163MPP-DXZBA0 . . . . . . . . . . .163MPP-GDXBA1 . . . . . . . . . .163MPP-GDXBA2 . . . . . . . . . .163MPP-N28BA1 . . . . . . . . . . .163MX6-24SPNL-L . . . . . . . . . . .24MX6-24SPNL-R . . . . . . . . . .24MX6-ACC001 . . . . . . . . . . .26

MX6-ENDGRD . . . . . . . . . . .25MX6-IMP150 . . . . . . . . . . . .25MX6-IMP200 . . . . . . . . . . . .25MX6-JSM00000 . . . . . . . . . .25MX6-JSM80000 . . . . . . . . . .25MX6-SPL6030-1440-D . . . . .27MX6-SPL6030-1440-U . . . . .27MX6-SPLIFCCLMP . . . . . . . .27MX6-TSF6030 . . . . . . . . . . .19MX6-TSF8030 . . . . . . . . . . .19MX6-VAMCHAS-L . . . . . . . .23MX6-VAMCHAS-R . . . . . . . .23

NNGF-ACCCLMP04 . . . . . . . .16NGF-ACCCLMP08 . . . . . . . .16NGF-ACCFOTSB300 . . . . . . .14NGF-ACCOSPKIT02 . . . . . . . .7NGF-ACCRCMSLD . . . . . . . . .7NGF-ACCRCMSLU . . . . . . . . .7NGF-ACCRCMSRD . . . . . . . . .7NGF-ACCRCMSRU . . . . . . . . .7NGF-ETSIACCEG . . . . . . . . .16NGF-ETSIEB6060-19 . . . . . . .15NGF-ETSIF3ACCEG . . . . . . .16NGF-ETSIF3EB6048-19 . . . . .15NGF-ETSIF3MDF6048 . . . . . . .4NGF-ETSIMDF6060 . . . . . . . .3NGF-F3ACCFOTSB300 . . . . .14NGF-SLM7A100 . . . . . . . . . . .5

OOSP-CLPFEC-LG . . . . . . . . . .26

PP-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110P-11/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110P-11/3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110P-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110P-1/4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110P-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110P-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110P-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110P-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110P-21/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110P-2/10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110P-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110P-31/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110P-3/4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110P-3/8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110

Page 194: 100571

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

188w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Index

P-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110P-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110P-7 1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110PCH-MMXB-XXX . . . . . . . .119PFGC-PD4E-B . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGC-PD4E-C . . . . . . . . . .100PFGC-PD4E-F . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGC-PDNE-B . . . . . . . . . .101PFGC-PDNE-C . . . . . . . . . .100PFGC-PDNE-F . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGC-PDSA-B/F . . . . . . . . .101PFGC-PDSA-C/B . . . . . . . . .100PFGC-PDSA-C/F . . . . . . . . .100PFGC-PH4E-B . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGC-PH4E-C . . . . . . . . . .100PFGC-PH4E-F . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGC-PH9E-B . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGC-PH9E-C . . . . . . . . . .100PFGC-PH9E-F . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGC-PHRT-B . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGC-PHRT-C . . . . . . . . . . .100PFGC-PHRT-F . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGC-PHRT-F/B . . . . . . . . . .101PFGC-PHXP-B . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGC-PHXP-C . . . . . . . . . .100PFGC-PHXP-F . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGC-PSHS-B . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGC-PSHS-C . . . . . . . . . . .100PFGC-PSHS-F . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGC-PU4E-B . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGC-PU4E-C . . . . . . . . . .100PFGC-PU4E-F . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGC-PUPE-B . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGC-PUPE-C . . . . . . . . . . .100PFGC-PUPE-F . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-DSPT-C/B/F . . . . . . . .102PFGF-EADSPT-C/B/F . . . . . .102PFGF-EAESPT-C/B/F . . . . . . .102PFGF-EALSPT-C/B/F . . . . . . .102PFGF-EASSPT-C/B . . . . . . . .102PFGF-ESPT-C/B/F . . . . . . . . .102PFGF-HEXT . . . . . . . . . . . . .102PFGF-HFIN . . . . . . . . . . . . .102PFGF-HMST . . . . . . . . . . . .102PFGF-HSPL . . . . . . . . . . . . .102PFGF-KT03-B . . . . . . . . . . .102PFGF-KT03-C . . . . . . . . . . .102PFGF-LSPT-C/B/F . . . . . . . . .102PFGF-MIDY-XFI . . . . . . . . . .102PFGF-PD4E-B . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-PD4E-C . . . . . . . . . . .100PFGF-PD4E-F . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-PDNE-B . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-PDNE-C . . . . . . . . . . .100

PFGF-PDNE-F . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-PDSA-B/F . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-PDSA-C/B . . . . . . . . .100PFGF-PDSA-C/F . . . . . . . . .100PFGF-PFPT-B . . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-PFPT-C . . . . . . . . . . . .100PFGF-PFPT-F . . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-PH4E-B . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-PH4E-C . . . . . . . . . . .100PFGF-PH4E-F . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-PH9E-B . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-PH9E-C . . . . . . . . . . .100PFGF-PH9E-F . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-PHRT-B . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-PHRT-C . . . . . . . . . . .100PFGF-PHRT-F . . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-PHRT-F/B . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-PHXP-B . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-PHXP-C . . . . . . . . . . .100PFGF-PHXP-F . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-PIFC . . . . . . . . . . . . .102PFGF-PJWR-B . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-PJWR-C . . . . . . . . . . .100PFGF-PJWR-F . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-PMEC-B . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-PMEC-C . . . . . . . . . .100PFGF-PMEC-F . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-PPSC-B . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-PSHS-B . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-PSHS-C . . . . . . . . . . .100PFGF-PSHS-F . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-PTRM-B . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-PTRM-C . . . . . . . . . .100PFGF-PTRM-F . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-PU4E-B . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-PU4E-C . . . . . . . . . . .100PFGF-PU4E-F . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-PUPE-B . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-PUPE-C . . . . . . . . . . .100PFGF-PUPE-F . . . . . . . . . . .101PFGF-SSPT-C/B . . . . . . . . . .102PGS-110005 . . . . . . . . . . .120PGS-110006 . . . . . . . . . . .120PJ1208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ1210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ1212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ1308 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ1310 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ1312 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ1415 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ1420 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ1425 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ1430 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ1450 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141

PJ1514 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ1520 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ1525 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ1530 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ1535 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ1545 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ712 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ713 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ714 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ715 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ716 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ718 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ720 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ722 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ762 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ764 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ765 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ766 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ768 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ770 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PJ772 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141PXP-532003 . . . . . . . . . . . .130PXP-532004 . . . . . . . . . . . .130PXP-A00006 . . . . . . . . . . .130

RRAC-0B0748 . . . . . . . . . . .114RAC-EGK300 . . . . . . . . . . .132RAC-EGK450 . . . . . . . . . . .132RAC-EGK600 . . . . . . . . . . .132RAC-MX0615 . . . . .16,26,133RAC-MX0616 . . . . .16,26,133RINST-FLR . . . . . . . . . .137,140

SSFK-122150 . . . . . . . . . . . .132SFK-122300 . . . . . . . . . . . .132SHD-0007 . . . . . . . . . . . . .137SHD-0051 . . . . . . . . . . . . .137SHD-0323 . . . . . . . . . . . . .137SHD-0424 . . . . . . . . . . . . .137SHD-0512 . . . . . . . . . . . . .137SHD-HR-28 . . . . . . . . . . . .137SHD-HR-43N . . . . . . . . . . .140SHD-HR-44N . . . . . . . . . . .140SHD-HR-55 . . . . . . . . . . . .137SHD-HR-85 . . . . . . . . . . . .140SHD-HR-91 . . . . . . . . . . . .140SHD-HR-92 . . . . . . . . . . . .140SHD-HR-93 . . . . . . . . . . . .140SHD-W-0001 . . . . . . . . . . .137SHD-W-0005 . . . . . . . . . . .137

Page 195: 100571

STC-11B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121STC-12B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121STC-13B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121

TTNC-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120TNC-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120TNC-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120TNC-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120TNC-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120TPA-03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109TPA-05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109TPA-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109TPA-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109TPA-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109TPA-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109TPA-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109TPA-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109TPA-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109TPC-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107TPC-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107TPC-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107TPC-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107TPC-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107TPC-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107TPC-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107TPC-75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107TPC-90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107TPC-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107TPC-125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107TPCDS-BBE-2 . . . . . . . . . . .107TPM-03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109TPM-04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109TPM-05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109TPM-06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109TPM-07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109TPM-08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109TPM-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109TPM-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109TPM-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109TPM-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109TPM-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109TPM-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109TPMDS-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109TPMDS-M . . . . . . . . . . . . .109TT1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121

UUEGP-7PW . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47

VVAM-6PB2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59VAM-6PB4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59VAM-6PB5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59VAM-6PB7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59VAM-6PB9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59VAM-A6PB2 . . . . . . . . . . . . .59VAM-A6PB5 . . . . . . . . . . . . .59VAM-A6PB8 . . . . . . . . . . . . .59VAM-BLNK . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59VAM-D6PB7 . . . . . . . . . . . . .59VAM-D6PB9 . . . . . . . . . . . . .59VI-124-1394 . . . . . . . . . . .174

WWD-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121WD-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121WD-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121WT-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121

10

/0

3

10

05

71

60

0 m

m P

rod

uct

s

189w w w . a d c . c o m • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 0 0 • + 3 2 - 2 - 7 1 2 - 6 5 - 4 2

Index

Page 196: 100571

ADC Telecommunications, Inc., P.O. Box 1101, Minneapolis, Minnesota USA 55440-1101Specifications published here are current as of the date of publication of this document. Because we are continuously improving our products, ADCreserves the right to change specifications without prior notice. At any time, you may verify product specifications by contacting our headquartersoffice in Minneapolis. ADC Telecommunications, Inc. views its patent portfolio as an important corporate asset and vigorously enforces its patents.Products or features contained herein may be covered by one or more U.S. or foreign patents. An Equal Opportunity Employer

100571 10/03 Revision © 2002, 2003 ADC Telecommunications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

Web Site: www.adc.comFrom North America, Call Toll Free: 1-800-366-3891 • Outside of North America: +1-952-938-8080 Fax: +1-952-917-3237 For a listing of ADC’s global sales office locations, please refer to our web site.